Document:

Prepared by R.R. Donnelley Financial -- Common Stock & Warrant Purchase Agreement

 EXHIBIT 10.1 
 KFX INC.

  
 FOURTH ADDENDUM 
 TO
THE 
 COMMON STOCK AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
  
 This Fourth Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (this “Addendum”), is entered into as of August 21, 2002, by and among KFx Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), the parties listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Additional Investors”), and the parties listed on Schedule B attached hereto (the “Existing Investors”), with
reference to the following facts: 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Existing Investors are parties to that certain
Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002 (the “Purchase Agreement”; each capitalized term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning ascribed to that term in the Purchase Agreement), which provides
that the Existing Investors or their designees may purchase from the Company shares of Common Stock and Warrants on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Purchase Agreement and that such investors will become parties to the Purchase
Agreement, the Investors’ Rights Agreement, as amended and restated, and the Put and Call Option Agreement, as amended and restated; 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Existing Investors entered into an Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “First Addendum”), Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and
Amended and Restated Put Agreement, all dated as of April 30, 2002; 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Existing
Investors entered into a Second Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “Second Addendum”), Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement and Second Amended and Restated Put Agreement, all
dated as of July 1, 2002; 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Existing Investors entered into a Third Addendum to the
Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement and First Amendment to the Third Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (together, the “Third Addendum”), Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement
(as amended and restated, referred to herein as the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”) and Third Amended and Restated Put Agreement (as amended and restated, referred to herein as the “Put Agreement”), all dated as
of July 19, 2002; 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Investors and the Additional Investors have agreed to amend
and restate the Investors’ Rights Agreement and amend and restate the Put Agreement in connection with the Closing (as defined in section 2.1); 
  
 WHEREAS the Company has authorized the sale and issuance of five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of its Common Stock (the “Shares”) pursuant to the terms of this Addendum;

  
 WHEREAS the Company has authorized the issuance of warrants, in substantially the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to purchase one million and sixty-two thousand five hundred (1,062,500) shares of Common Stock (the “Warrants”, and together with the Shares, the “Securities”) pursuant to the
terms of this Addendum; and 
  
 WHEREAS the Company wishes to sell to the Additional Investors, and the Additional
Investors wish to purchase, the Shares and Warrants on the terms and conditions set forth herein. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE,
in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows: 
  
 1.  Authorization and Sale of the Shares. 
  
 1.1  Authorization.    The Company has authorized the issuance and sale pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof of five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of its Common Stock and Warrants to
purchase one million and sixty-two thousand five hundred (1,062,500) shares of Common Stock on exercise of such Warrants. 
  
 1.2  Issuance and Sale of the Shares and Warrants.    On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, each Additional Investor agrees, severally but not jointly, to purchase, and the
Company agrees to issue and sell to each such Additional Investor, at the Closing: (a) the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Additional Investor on Schedule A at a purchase price of $2.50 per share, and (b)
Warrants to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Additional Investor on Schedule A at a price of $2.75 per share of Common Stock, as such number of the shares and price per share may be adjusted
pursuant to the Warrants. 
  
 1.3  Parties to the Purchase
Agreement.    The Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree that pursuant to this Addendum each Additional Investor shall hereby become a party to the Purchase Agreement. In connection therewith, each Additional
Investor shall be deemed to (i) be a party to the Purchase Agreement, (ii) be an “Investor” for all purposes under the Purchase Agreement and (iii) have all rights and obligations of an Investor thereunder. The Shares and Warrants acquired
by the Additional Investors hereunder shall be considered “Shares” and “Warrants”, respectively, and shall be considered “Securities” collectively, for all purposes under the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 1.4  Defined Terms.    For purposes of this Addendum and the representations and
warranties of the Company in the Purchase Agreement that are incorporated herein by reference in section 4.2, the term “Related Documents” means the Purchase Agreement (as amended), the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as further
amended and restated), the Put Agreement (as further amended and restated), the Warrants issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as amended). 
  
 2.  Closing; Delivery. 
  
 2.1  Closing.    Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections 6 and 7, the closing of the purchase, sale and issuance of the Shares and Warrants listed on Schedule A attached
hereto shall take place at the offices of Shartsis, Friese & Ginsburg LLP, 18th Floor, 
 

 2 

 One Maritime Plaza, San Francisco 94111, on August 21, 2002 (the “Closing Date”), at 10:00 a.m., or at
such other time and place as the parties may agree (the “Closing”). 
  
 2.2  Delivery at the Closing.    Subject to the terms of this Addendum, at the Closing the Company will deliver to each Additional Investor listed on Schedule A attached hereto (a) a stock
certificate representing the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Additional Investor on Schedule A and (b) a Warrant to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such
Additional Investor on Schedule A against delivery to the Company by such Additional Investor at the Closing of a wire transfer of funds or promissory note for the aggregate purchase price of the Shares acquired by such Additional Investor.

  
 3.  Waiver of Section 1.3(c) of the Purchase Agreement—Option to Make
Additional Investment.    The Company, the Additional Investors and the Existing Investors hereby agree to waive the last sentence of section 1.3(c) of the Purchase Agreement in connection with this Addendum (and this
Addendum only). In connection with such waiver, the Company, the Additional Investors and the Existing Investors hereby agree that the proceeds from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Addendum shall be used for general corporate purposes.

  
 4.  Representations and Warranties of the Company;
Disclosure.    Each Additional Investor hereby acknowledges receipt of the Purchase Agreement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The Company represents and warrants to each Additional Investor that: 

 
 4.1  The representatives and warranties of the Company set forth in section 2 of the Purchase
Agreement and section 8 of the Put and Call Option Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002, were true and correct when made. 
  
 4.2  The representations and warranties referred to above, which are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, are true and correct as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except (a) for
changes resulting from the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, the First Addendum, the Second Addendum, the Third Addendum, the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Put Agreement and the warrants issued pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, the First Addendum, the Second Addendum and the Third Addendum, and (b) as set forth in Disclosure Schedule 4.2 attached hereto. 
  
 4.3  The Company has complied with and is not in violation of any covenant set forth in section 4 of the Purchase Agreement, sections 3 (that is,
the Company has, among other things, made final payment with respect to the Company’s 6% Convertible Debentures due on July 29, 2002) and 4 of the Third Addendum, section 3 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement or section 7 of the Put
Agreement. 
  
 5.  Representations and Warranties of Additional
Investors.    Each Additional Investor has reviewed the representations and warranties set forth in section 3 of the Purchase Agreement. Each Additional Investor, severally but not jointly, represents and warrants to the
Company that such representations and warranties, which are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, are true and correct as of the date hereof with respect to such Additional Investor. 
 

 3 

  
 6.  Additional Investors’ Obligations at
Closing.    Each Additional Investor’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Securities is subject to the fulfillment to such Additional Investor’s satisfaction at the Closing of the following conditions:

  
 6.1  Representations and Warranties Correct; Performance
Obligations.    The representations and warranties of the Company contained in section 4 hereof shall be true and correct on and as of the date of the Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as
of such date, subject to changes contemplated by this Addendum. 
  
 6.2  Performance.    The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Addendum that are required to be performed by it or with which
it is required to have complied on or before the Closing. 
  
 6.3  Securities
Compliance.    The Company shall have taken all action necessary to comply with any federal or state securities laws applicable to the transactions contemplated hereunder. 
  

6.4  Consents, Permits, and Waivers.    The Company shall have obtained any and all consents, licenses, permits,
orders, authorizations, waivers and the like necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Addendum and the other Related Documents (except for such as may be properly obtained subsequent to the Closing).

  
 6.5  Stockholder Approval.    The Company shall have
satisfied all stockholder approval requirements of applicable law, rule or regulation, including provisions of the American Stock Exchange, or any other exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or traded. 
  
 6.6  Absence of Litigation.    No proceeding challenging this Addendum, the other
Related Documents, the Warrants issued in connection with this Addendum or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or seeking to prohibit, alter, prevent or delay the Closing, shall have been instituted before any court, arbitrator or
governmental body, agency or official and shall be pending. 
  
 6.7  Compliance
Certificate.    The Company shall deliver to each Additional Investor at the Closing, relating to such Additional Investor’s purchase of the Common Stock and the issuance of the Warrants, a certificate signed by the
President of the Company stating that the Company has complied with or satisfied each of the conditions to the Additional Investor’s obligation to consummate the Closing set forth in sections 6.1 through 6.6, unless waived in writing by the
Additional Investor. 
  
 6.8  Opinion of Counsel.    The Company
shall deliver to each Additional Investor at the Closing an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. 
  
 6.9  Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement.    The Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’
Rights Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, shall have been executed by all the parties thereto on or prior to such Closing. 
 

 4 

  
 6.10  Fourth Amended and Restated Put
Agreement.    The Fourth Amended and Restated Put Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, shall have been executed by all the parties thereto on or prior to such Closing. 

 
 6.11  Legal Matters.    All matters of a legal nature which pertain to
this Addendum and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been approved by each Additional Investor’s counsel. 
  
 6.12  Proceedings and Documents.    All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing and all documents incident
thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to each Additional Investor, and each Additional Investor shall have received all such counterpart original and certified or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request.

  
 7.  The Company’s Conditions to the Closing.    The
Company’s obligation to deliver the Securities at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to the Company’s satisfaction at such Closing of the following conditions: 
  
 7.1  Representations and Warranties.    The representations and warranties of each Additional Investor contained in
section 5 hereof shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing. 
  
 7.2  Performance.    The Additional Investors shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations, and conditions contained in the Addendum that are
required to be performed by it or them or with which it or they are required to have complied on or before the Closing. 
  
 8.  Notices.    Any notice, consent, authorization or other communication to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received when delivered personally
or transmitted by facsimile transmission with receipt acknowledged by the addressee, three days after being mailed by first class mail, or the next business day after being deposited for next-day delivery with a nationally recognized overnight
delivery service, charges and postage prepaid, properly addressed to the party to receive such notice at the address(es) specified on the signature page of this Addendum for the Company, on Exhibit E attached to the Purchase Agreement for each
Existing Investor and on Schedule A attached hereto for each Additional Investor (or at such other address as shall be specified by like notice). 
  
 9.  Counterparts.    This Addendum may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an
original, and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement. 
  
 10.  Governing Law.    This Addendum shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws
principles. 
  
 11.  Attorneys’ Fees.    If any action at
law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Addendum, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable 
 

 5 

  
 attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other
relief to which such party may be entitled. 
  
 12.  Representation.    Each party hereto acknowledges that (a) Westcliff Capital Management, LLC retained SF&G to represent Westcliff in connection with this Addendum, the other Related
Documents and the transactions related hereto and thereto, (b) the interests of Westcliff may not necessarily coincide with the interests of other Existing Investors, (c) SF&G does not represent any Existing Investor other than Westcliff in
connection with the transaction contemplated hereby and thereby, and (d) each Existing Investor other than Westcliff has consulted with, or has had an opportunity to consult with, its own legal counsel and has not relied on SF&G for legal
counsel in connection with this Addendum, the other Related Documents and the transactions related hereto and thereto. 
  
 13.  Expenses.    Within 10 days after receipt of an invoice therefor, the Company shall pay the legal fees and expenses of SF&G (legal counsel only for Westcliff) and all due
diligence fees and expenses incurred by Westcliff, incurred in connection with this Addendum, the other Related Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. For the avoidance of doubt, no fees paid to SF&G pursuant to this
section 13 shall be deemed to be payment to counsel for the Existing Investors or the Additional Investors as required to be made by the Company pursuant to section 2.7 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement. 
  
 [remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows] 
  
 

 6 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Addendum has been duly executed by or on behalf of the
parties hereto as of the date first above written. 
  
 
	 KFX INC. 
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 

	 Name:
 	 	 

	 Title:
 	 	 

	 
	 Address:    3300 East First Avenue, Suite 290
                   Denver, CO 80206
 Fax: (303) 293-8430
  
 with a copy to:
  
 Leslie J. Goldman, Esq.
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
 1440 New York Avenue, N.W.
 Washington, DC 20005
 Facsimile: (202) 393-5719
 

 
  
 

 7 

  
 THE ADDITIONAL INVESTORS: 
  

WESTCLIFF PUBLIC VENTURES—KFx, L.P. 
 WESTCLIFF ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P. 
  
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	     WESTCLIFF CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC        
 
	 Its:
 	 	     General Partner
  
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	 Richard S. Spencer III,
 Manager
 

 
 

 8 

  
 THE EXISTING INVESTORS 
  
 
	 WESTCLIFF AGGRESSIVE GROWTH, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF LONG/SHORT, L.P.

WESTCLIFF PARTNERS, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PUBLIC VENTURES FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PUBLIC VENTURES—KFx, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF SMALL CAP FUND, L.P.
 	 	  	 	 WESTCLIFF FOUNDATION
 WESTCLIFF MASTER FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PROFIT SHARING AND MONEY PURCHASE PENSION
PLAN
 CANCER CENTER OF SANTA BARBARA
 PALM TRUST
 PARKER FOUNDATION
 UNIVERSITY OF SAN FRANCISCO
 
	 By:
 	 	 Westcliff Capital Management, LLC
 	 	  	 	  
	 Its:
 	 	 General Partner
 	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Westcliff Capital Management, LLC
 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Its:
 	 	 Investment Adviser and Attorney-In-Fact
 
	 By:
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  	 	  
	  	 	 Richard S. Spencer III,
 Manager
 	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Richard S. Spencer III,
 Manager
 
	 
	 RAM TRADING, LTD.
 	 	  	 	 NORANDA FINANCE, INC. RETIREMENT
PLAN FOR AFFILIATED COMPANIES TRUST
 
	 
	 By:
 Its:
  
 By:
 

 

 	 	 Ritchie Capital Management, LLC
 Investment Adviser
  
  
 
David Popovich,
 Chief Financial Officer
 	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Mellon Bank, N.A., solely in its capacity as Trustee for the Noranda Finance, Inc. Retirement Plan for Affiliated Companies Trust (as directed by Westcliff
Capital Management, LLC), and not in its individual capacity
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Bernadette T. Rist
 Authorized
Signatory
 
	 
	 PENINSULA FUND, L.P.
 	 	  	 	 COMMON SENSE PARTNERS, L.P.
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 
	 Its:
 	 	 General Partner
 	 	  	 	 Its:
 	 	 Investment Adviser
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 
	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	 Scott Bedford,
 President
 	 	  	 	  	 	 Scott Bedford,
 President
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Common Sense Investment Management, LLC
 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Its:
 	 	 General Partner
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Scott A. Thompson
 Director and
Senior Vice President Finance
 

 
 

 9 

 EXHIBIT A 
  
 FORM OF WARRANT 
  
 THE WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THE WARRANT HAVE NOT
BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND THUS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THAT ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR UNLESS, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY
SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED. 
  
 WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON
STOCK 
 OF 
 KFX INC. 
  
 August 21, 2002 
 No. [NUMBER] 
  
 This certifies that [HOLDER] (the “Holder”) is
entitled, subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant, to purchase from KFx Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), all or any part of an aggregate of [SHARES] shares of the Company’s authorized and
unissued Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Warrant Stock”), at the Warrant Price (as defined herein), upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal offices of the Company, together with a duly executed subscription
form in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and simultaneous payment of the Warrant Price for each share of Warrant Stock so purchased in lawful money of the United States, unless exercised in accordance with the provisions of section 2.6 of this
Warrant. The Holder may exercise the Warrant at any time after the date of this Warrant and prior to the eighth anniversary of the date of issuance of this Warrant (the “Expiration Date”). 
  
 This Warrant is one of a series of warrants issued pursuant to that certain Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of March
28, 2002, as amended by the Addendum to the Purchase Agreement, dated April 30, 2002, by the Second Addendum to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by the Third Addendum to the Purchase Agreement and the First Amendment to the Third
Addendum to the Purchase Agreement, both dated as of July 19, 2002, and by the Fourth Addendum to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2002, all by and among the Company and certain of the investors listed on Schedule A and Schedule B
attached to the Fourth Addendum (the “Investors”) (as amended, the “Purchase Agreement”). 
  
 1.  Definitions.    The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this Warrant: 
  
 1.1  “Acquisition” means any consolidation, merger or reorganization of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate
reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than fifty percent of the Company’s voting power immediately after such consolidation, merger or
reorganization, or any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent 
 

 10 

 of the Company’s voting power is transferred, excluding any consolidation, merger or reorganization effected
exclusively to change the domicile of the Company. 
  
 1.2  “Asset
Transfer” means a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. 
  
 1.3  “Company” means the “Company” as defined above and includes any corporation or other entity that succeeds to or assumes the obligations of the Company under this Warrant.

  
 1.4  “Fair Market Value” of a share of Warrant Stock means (a) if the
Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange, the average of the closing price each day over the thirty consecutive day period ending three days before the date on which the fair market value of the securities is being determined, (b) if the
Common Stock is actively traded over-the counter, the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted on the NASDAQ system (or similar system) each day over the thirty consecutive day period ending three days before the date on which the fair
market value of the securities is being determined, or (c) if at any time the Common Stock is not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, then as determined by mutual agreement of the Holder
and the Company. 
  
 1.5  “Holder” means the “Holder” as defined
above and includes any transferee who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Warrant. 
  
 1.6  “Investors’ Rights Agreement” means that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2002, as it may be amended and restated from time to time, by
and among the Company, the Holder and certain other investors listed on the Schedule of Investors attached to the Investors’ Rights Agreement. 
  
 1.7  “Put Agreement” means that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Put Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2002, as it may be
amended from time to time, by and among the Company and the grantees listed on Exhibit A thereto. 
  
 1.8  “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 1.9  “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 1.10  “Warrant” means this Warrant and any warrant(s) delivered in substitution or exchange therefor, as provided herein. 
  
 1.11  “Warrant Price” means $2.75 per share of Warrant Stock, as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

  
 1.12  “Warrant Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company. The
number and character of shares of Warrant Stock are subject to adjustment as provided herein and the term “Warrant Stock” shall include stock and other securities and property at any time receivable or issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant in accordance with its terms. 
 

 11 

  
 2.  Exercise. 
  
 2.1  Method of Exercise.    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant, the
Holder may exercise the purchase rights represented by this Warrant in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, on or after the date hereof and before the Expiration Date, by surrendering this Warrant at the principal offices of the
Company, together with the subscription form attached hereto, duly completed and executed by the Holder, and payment of an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (a) the number of shares of Warrant Stock so purchased by (b) the Warrant
Price. 
  
 2.2  Form of Payment.    Except as provided in
section 2.6, payment may be made by (a) a check payable to the Company’s order, (b) wire transfer of funds to the Company, (c) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Holder, or (d) any combination of the foregoing. 

 
 2.3  Partial Exercise.    Upon a partial exercise of this Warrant, this
Warrant shall be surrendered by the Holder and replaced with a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the shares of Warrant Stock purchasable under the Warrant surrendered upon such purchase. The Warrant or Warrants will be
delivered to the Holder thereof within a reasonable time. 
  
 2.4  No Fractional
Shares.    No fractional shares may be issued upon any exercise of this Warrant, and any fractions shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares. If upon any exercise of this Warrant a fraction of a share
results, the Company will pay to the Holder an amount equal to the such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Warrant Stock. 
  
 2.5  Automatic Exercise.    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Warrant shall be deemed to be automatically exercised [insert if this warrant
is issued to Ram Trading, Ltd.: to the extent permitted by Section 2.7 of this Warrant], with no notice required by the Holder and, in lieu of payment as provided for in Section 2.2 of this Warrant, on a Net Issue Exercise basis as
described in Section 2.6, immediately prior to the closing of an Acquisition or an Asset Transfer if the value of the cash, stock or other property that the Holder would receive for each share of Warrant Stock if the Holder had exercised this
Warrant immediately prior to the closing of an Acquisition or an Asset Transfer exceeds the Warrant Price. [Insert if this warrant is issued to Ram Trading, Ltd.: Any portion of this Warrant that is not automatically exercised pursuant to the
terms of this Section 2.5, shall remain outstanding and shall remain subject to the terms set forth herein, following such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, as the case may be.] For purposes of this Section 2.5, the value of stock or other
property described in the previous sentence will be deemed its fair market value as determined by mutual agreement of the Holder and the Company. 
  
 2.6  Net Issue Exercise Election.    The Holder may elect to convert all or a portion of this Warrant, without the payment by the Holder of any additional
consideration, by the surrender of this Warrant or such portion to the Company, with the net issue exercise election selected in the subscription form attached hereto as Exhibit A, duly completed and executed by 
 

 12 

 the Holder, into up to the number of shares of Warrant Stock that is obtained under the following formula: 

 
 X = Y (A-B) 
 A

  
 
	 where    X  =
 	  	 the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to the Holder pursuant to this section 2.6.
 
	 Y  =
 	  	 the number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the number of shares of Warrant
Stock represented by the portion of the Warrant being exercised.
 
	 A  =
 	  	 the Fair Market Value of one share of Warrant Stock as at the time the net issue exercise election is made pursuant to this section 2.6.
 
	 B  =
 	  	 the Warrant Price.
 

 
  
 2.7  [Insert if this warrant is issued
to Ram Trading, Ltd.] Limitations on Exercises.    The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and the Holder of this Warrant shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant pursuant to
this Section 2, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving
effect to such conversion. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant
with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (a) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the
Holder or any of its affiliates and (b) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other warrants, convertible notes or convertible preferred stock)
subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2.7, beneficial
ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. For purposes of this Section 2.7, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Holder may rely on the number
of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent Form 10-Q or Form 10-K, as the case may be, (y) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (z) any other notice by the Company or the Company’s
transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of the Holder, the Company shall within three business days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the
number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the
Holder or its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. 
 

 13 

  
 3.  Issuance of Stock 
  
 3.1  This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date
of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on such
date; provided, that in the event this Warrant is automatically exercised in connection with an Acquisition or Asset Transfer pursuant to section 2.5, then the shares of Warrant Stock purchased pursuant to this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be
issued to the Holder as the record owner of such shares immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer. As soon as practicable, but in any event no later than three days after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or
persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of whole shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon such exercise. 
  
 3.2  The Company covenants and agrees that: (a) all Warrant Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance pursuant to the terms and
conditions herein, be fully paid and nonassessable, free from all preemptive rights, free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof and free and clear of any restrictions on transfer (other than under the Securities Act and
state securities laws); and (b) that during the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will, at all times, have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of the rights
evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of Warrant Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. The offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be
exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and neither the Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such
exemption. 
  
 4.  Adjustment Provisions.    The number and character of shares
of Warrant Stock issuable on exercise of this Warrant (or any shares of stock or other securities or property at the time receivable or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) and the Warrant Price therefor, are subject to adjustment upon the
occurrence of the following events between the date this Warrant is issued and the date it is exercised: 
  
 4.1  Subsequent Dilutive Event. 
  
 (a)  If, during the
period beginning on the date of issuance of this Warrant and ending on and including the first anniversary of such date, the Company issues warrants, options or any other securities (except for Preferred Stock) of the Company convertible,
exercisable or exchangeable into or for Common Stock (or other securities convertible into Common Stock) at an exercise price per share that is less than the Warrant Price, the Warrant Price shall be reduced to equal such lower exercise price.

  
 (b)  If, during the period beginning on the date of issuance of this Warrant and ending
on and including the first anniversary of such date, the exercise price of any warrants, options or other securities (except for Preferred Stock) of the Company convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for Common Stock (or other securities
convertible into 
 

 14 

  
 Common Stock) is reduced to a price that is less than the Warrant Price, the
Warrant Price shall be reduced to equal such lower exercise price. 
  
 4.2  Adjustments
for Subdivisions, Combinations, etc.    If the Company shall at any time after the date of issuance of this Warrant (a) subdivide the outstanding shares of the Company, (b) combine the outstanding shares of the Company
into a smaller number of shares, or (c) declare any stock dividend, reclassification or recapitalization or other similar event affecting the number of outstanding shares of Warrant Stock (or such other stock or securities), then the Warrant Price
and the number and kind of shares of Warrant Stock receivable on exercise, in effect at the time of the effective date of such subdivision, combination, stock dividend, reclassification or recapitalization or other similar event, shall be
proportionally adjusted so that on exercise of the Warrant after such time the Holder shall receive the same number and kind of shares which, if this Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such date, the Holder would have owned upon such
exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such subdivision, combination, stock dividend, reclassification or recapitalization. Such adjustment shall be made successively when any event listed above shall occur and shall be retroactive to
the record date, if any, for such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this section 4.2 shall become effective immediately on the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event. All calculations made under this
section 4.2 shall be made to the nearest 1/100th cent or to the nearest share, as the case may be. 
  
 4.3  Adjustment for Other Dividends and Distributions.    In case the Company shall make or issue, or shall fix a record date for the determination of eligible holders entitled to receive, a
dividend or other distribution payable with respect to the Warrant Stock that is payable in (a) securities of the Company (other than issuances with respect to which adjustment is made under section 4.2), or (b) assets, then, and in each such case,
the Holder, upon exercise of this Warrant at any time after the consummation, effective date or record date of such event, shall receive, in addition to the shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon such exercise prior to such date, the securities or
such other assets of the Company to which the Holder would have been entitled upon such date if the Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto (all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Warrant). 
  
 4.4  Adjustment for Reorganization, Consolidation, Merger.    In case of any
reorganization of the Company (or of any other corporation or entity, the stock or other securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) after the date of this Warrant, or in case, after such date, the Company (or
any such corporation or entity) shall consolidate with or merge into another corporation or entity or convey all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity, then, and in each such case, the Holder, upon the exercise of this
Warrant (as provided in section 2), at any time after the consummation of such reorganization, consolidation, merger or conveyance, shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the stock or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise of
this Warrant prior to such consummation, the stock or other securities or property to which the Holder would have been entitled upon the consummation of such reorganization, consolidation, merger or conveyance if the Holder had exercised this
Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Warrant. The successor or purchasing corporation or entity in such reorganization, consolidation, merger or conveyance (if other than the Company) shall duly
execute and deliver to the Holder a supplement hereto acknowledging such corporation’s or 
 

 15 

  
 entity’s obligations under this Warrant. In each such case, the terms of
this Warrant shall be applicable to the shares of stock or other securities or property receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant after the consummation of such reorganization, consolidation, merger or conveyance. 
  
 4.5  Adjustment on Satisfaction of the Put Agreement.    If, in accordance with the
Put Agreement, the Company purchases all of the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, then, to the extent that all of the Warrant Stock issuable on exercise of this Warrant have not been purchased by, or issued on a Net
Issue Exercise basis pursuant to section 2.6 hereof to, the Holder, the number of remaining shares of Warrant Stock issuable on exercise of this Warrant (or any shares of stock or other securities or property at the time receivable or issuable on
exercise of this Warrant) shall be reduced to an amount equal to the product of (a) the number of such shares of Warrant Stock (or other shares or securities or property at the time receivable or issuable on exercise of this Warrant), and (b) a
fraction, the numerator of which is 112.5 and the denominator of which is 212.5. 
  
 4.6  Notice of Adjustments.    Whenever the Warrant Price or number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise hereof shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall issue
a written notice setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated and the Warrant Price and number of shares of Warrant Stock purchasable
hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause a copy of such notice to be mailed to the Holder. The Company shall provide the Holder with not less than 10 days prior written notice of (a) any event resulting in an adjustment
under Section 4 and (b) any sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. 
  
 4.7  No Change Necessary.    The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the Warrant Price or in the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable upon its
exercise. 
  
 5.  No Rights or Liabilities as Stockholder.    This Warrant does
not by itself entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company. In the absence of affirmative action by the Holder to purchase Warrant Stock by exercise of this Warrant, no provisions of this Warrant, and no
enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall cause the Holder to be a stockholder of the Company for any purpose. 
  
 6.  Attorneys’ Fees.    In the event any party is required to engage the services of any attorneys for the purpose of enforcing this Warrant, or any provision thereof, the prevailing
party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable expenses and costs in enforcing this Warrant, including attorneys’ fees. 
  
 7.  Transfer.    This Warrant may be transferred or assigned by the Holder, in whole or in part, if the Holder (a) provides written notice to the Company prior to such transfer or assignment, in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, and (b) delivers to the Company, on the Company’s reasonable request, a written opinion of such Holder’s counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company (or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to
the Company) that such transfer does not require registration or qualification under the Securities Act and any 
 

 16 

  
 applicable state securities law; provided, however, that the Holder shall not be required to comply with
clause (b) of this sentence if the transfer shall have been made by (x) a Holder which is a partnership or limited liability company to a partner, former partner, member, former member, or other affiliate of such partnership or limited liability
company, as the case may be, or (y) a Holder to any corporation, partnership or limited liability company controlling, controlled by, or under common control or investment management with such Holder. The rights and obligations of the Company and
the Holder under this Warrant shall be binding upon and benefit their respective permitted successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees. 
  
 8.  Loss or Mutilation.    Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
this Warrant, and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Warrant of like tenor. 
  
 9.  Governing Law.    This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles. 
  
 10.  Headings.    The headings and captions used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this
Warrant to sections and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections hereof and exhibits attached hereto, all of which exhibits are incorporated herein by this reference. 
  
 11.  Notices.    Any request, consent, notice or other communication required or permitted under this Warrant shall be in writing and
shall be deemed duly given and received when delivered personally or transmitted by facsimile, one business day after being deposited for next-day delivery with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or three days after being deposited
as first class mail with the United States Postal Service, all charges or postage prepaid, and properly addressed to the party to receive the same at the address indicated for such party on the signature pages of the Purchase Agreement. Any party
may, at any time, by providing ten days’ advance notice to the other party hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the an address established pursuant to the foregoing. All correspondence to the Company shall be addressed as
follows: 
  
 KFx Inc. 
 3300 East First Avenue, Suite 290 
 Denver, CO 80206 
 Facsimile: (303) 293-8430 
 Attention: Chief
Executive Officer 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 Leslie J. Goldman, Esq. 
 Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 
 1440 New York Avenue, N.W. 
 

 17 

  
 Washington, DC 20005 
 Facsimile: (202) 393-5719 
  
 12.  Amendment; Waiver.    Any term of this Warrant may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either
retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. 
  
 13.  Severability.    If one or more provisions of this Warrant are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be replaced with a provision that accomplishes, to the
extent possible, the original business purpose of such provision in a valid and enforceable manner, and the balance of the Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision were so modified and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

  
 14.  Terms Binding.    By acceptance of this Warrant, the Holder accepts and
agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of this Warrant. 
  
 15.  Valid Issuance;
Taxes.     All shares of Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the Company shall pay all taxes and other governmental charges that may be imposed in
respect of the issue or delivery thereof. The Company shall not be required to pay any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issuance of any certificate for shares of Warrant Stock in any name other than that of
the Holder of this Warrant. 
  
 16.  Registration Rights.    All shares of
Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” or such other definition of securities entitled to registration rights pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement, and are entitled,
subject to the terms and conditions of that agreement, to all registration rights granted to holders of Registrable Securities thereunder. 
  
 17.  No Impairment.    The Company will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of
securities, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of
all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (a) will not increase the par value of any shares of
stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise, and (b) will take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and
non-assessable shares of Warrant Stock upon exercise of this Warrant. 
 

 18 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this
Warrant as of the date set forth below. 
  
 
	 KFX INC. 
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	 Theodore Venners
 President and
Chief Executive Officer
 

 
  
  
 Dated:
August 21, 2002 
  
 

 19 

  
 EXHIBIT A 
  
 FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION 
 (To be signed only on exercise of Warrant) 

 
 To: KFx Inc. 
  
 (1)  Check the box that applies and then provide the necessary information: 
  
  ̈  Purchase Election.    The undersigned
Holder hereby elects to purchase              shares of Common Stock of KFx Inc. (the “Warrant Stock”), pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment
of the purchase price for such shares in full. 
  
  ̈  Net Issue Exercise Election.    The undersigned Holder elects to convert the Warrant into shares of Warrant Stock by net issue
exercise election pursuant to section 2.6 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to              shares of Common Stock of KFx Inc. (the “Warrant Stock”)
covered by the Warrant. 
  
 (2)  In exercising the Warrant, the undersigned Holder hereby makes the
representations and warranties set forth on Appendix I hereto as of the date hereof. 
  
 (3)  Please issue
a certificate or certificates representing such shares of Warrant Stock in the name or names specified below: 
  
 
	 
	 
	 	 

	 (Name)
 	 	 (Name)
 
	 
	 
	 	 

	 (Address)
 	 	 (Address)
 
	 
	 
	 	 

	 (City, State, Zip Code)
 	 	 (City, State, Zip Code)
 
	 
	 
	 	 

	 (Federal Tax Identification Number)
 	 	 (Federal Tax Identification Number)
 
	 
	 
	 	 

	 (Date)
 	 	 (Signature of Holder)
 

 
 

 20 

  
 APPENDIX I 
  
 INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION 
  
 The
undersigned,                                  (the “Holder”), intends to
acquire shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) of KFx Inc. (the “Company”) from the Company pursuant to the exercise or conversion of a Warrant to Purchase Common Stock held by the Holder. The Company intends to issue the
Common Stock to the Holder in a transaction not involving a public offering and pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and applicable state securities laws. In
connection with such purchase and in order to comply with the exemptions from registration relied upon by the Company, the Holder represents, warrants and agrees as follows: 
  
 (a)  The Holder is acquiring the Common Stock for its own account, to hold for investment, and the Holder shall not make any sale, transfer or
other disposition of the Common Stock in violation of the Securities Act or the rules promulgated thereunder or in violation of any applicable state securities law. 
  
 (b)  The Holder has been advised that the Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act or state securities laws on the ground
that this transaction is exempt from registration, and that reliance by the Company on such exemptions is predicated in part on the Holder’s representations set forth herein. 
  
 (c)  The Holder has been informed that under the Securities Act, the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless it is subsequently registered
under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration (such as Rule 144) is available with respect to any proposed transfer or disposition by the Holder of the Common Stock. The Holder further agrees that the Company may refuse to
permit the Holder to sell, transfer or dispose of the Common Stock (except as permitted under Rule 144) unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws covering such transfer, or
unless the Holder furnishes an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Company to the effect that such registration is not required. 
  
 The Holder also understands and agrees that there will be placed on the certificate(s) for the Common Stock or any substitutions therefor, a legend stating in substance: 
  
 “The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered or qualified under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or any state securities laws and thus may not be transferred unless restricted or qualified under that act or such laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the issues, registration or qualification is
not required.” 
 

 21 

  
 EXHIBIT B 
  
 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 (To assign the foregoing Warrant to Purchase Common Stock,

 execute this form and supply required information. 
 Do not use this form
to purchase shares.) 
  
 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant to Purchase Common Stock and all rights evidenced
thereby are hereby assigned to 
  
 
(Please Print) 

 
 
	 whose address is
 	 	 

 
 (Please Print) 
  
 
 
 Dated:                      ,          
  
 
	 
	 Holder’s Signature:
 	  	 

	 
	 Holder’s Address:
 	  	 

	 
	  	  	 

 
 

 22 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 LEGAL OPINION 
 

 23 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 KFX INC. 

 
 FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  
 THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of August 21, 2002, by and among KFx Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), and the Investors listed on Schedule A hereto (each of whom is herein called individually, an “Investor” and all of whom are herein called, collectively, the
“Investors”), with reference to the following facts: 
  
 WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are
parties to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002 (the “Original Purchase Agreement” and as amended by the Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2002
(the “First Addendum”), the Second Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, the Third Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement and the First Amendment to the Third
Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, both dated as of July 19, 2002 (together, the “Third Addendum”), the Fourth Addendum described below and as further amended or amended and restated hereafter, the
“Purchase Agreement”); 
  
 WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the transactions described in
the Original Purchase Agreement, the Company and certain of the Investors entered into an Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002 (the “Original Investors’ Rights Agreement”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors amended the Original Investors’ Rights Agreement pursuant to that certain First
Amendment to Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2002; 
  
 WHEREAS the Company and certain of the
Investors amended and restated in its entirety the Original Investors’ Rights Agreement (as amended by the First Amendment to Investors’ Rights Agreement) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of
April 30, 2002, pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002 and pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2002; 

 
 WHEREAS, the Investors are parties to that certain Fourth Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as
of August 21, 2002 (the “Fourth Addendum”), which provides that, as a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Fourth Addendum, the Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement must be amended
and restated in its entirety; 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to amend and restate in its entirety
the Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement pursuant to this Agreement. 
 

 24 

  
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth
herein and for other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto further agree as follows: 
  
 1.  Certain Definitions.    Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Purchase Agreement. The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this
Agreement: 
  
 1.1  “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as
in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

  
 1.2  “Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities” means Registrable
Securities that are (a) shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued pursuant to the Fourth Addendum and, if applicable, shares related to such shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, (b) shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued on
exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Fourth Addendum and, if applicable, this Agreement, and (c) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable on the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued
as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (a) and (b) above 
  
 1.3  “Holder” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance
with section 2.10 hereof. 
  
 1.4  “Purchase Price” means $2.50 per share
of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as that price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar event
affecting the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities). 
  
 1.5  “Purchase Price Per Common Share Equivalent” means (a) if Common Stock is issued in the Subsequent Dilutive Offering, the price per share of Common Stock, or (b) if Preferred Stock is issued in the
Subsequent Dilutive Offering, the price at which a share of such Preferred Stock is issued in the Subsequent Dilutive Offering divided by the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock may be converted. 

 
 1.6  “Register”, “registered”, and “registration”
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document. 

 
 1.7  “Registrable Securities” means (a) the shares of the Company’s Common
Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and, if applicable, this Agreement, (b) shares of the Company’s Common Stock previously acquired by the Investors and listed on Schedule B hereto, (c) shares of the Company’s Common Stock
issuable on exercise of the Warrants (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and, if applicable, this Agreement, and (d) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable on the conversion or exercise of
any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or 
 

 25 

 other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (a), (b)
and (c) above; provided that there shall be excluded any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which that person’s rights under section 2 are not assigned. 
  
 1.8  The number of shares of “Registrable Securities” outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities. 
  
 1.9  “Second Addendum Registrable Securities” means Registrable Securities that are (a) shares of the Company’s Common Stock
issued pursuant to the Second Addendum and, if applicable, shares related to such shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, (b) shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued on exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Second Addendum and,
if applicable, this Agreement, and (c) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable on the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange
for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (a) and (b) above 
  
 1.10  “Third Addendum Registrable Securities” means Registrable Securities that are (a) shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued pursuant to the Third Addendum and, if applicable, shares related to
such shares issued pursuant to this Agreement, (b) shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued on exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Third Addendum and, if applicable, this Agreement, and (c) any Common Stock of the Company issued
as (or issuable on the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (a) and (b) above

  
 2.  Registration Rights.    The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

  
 2.1  Mandatory Registration. 
  
 (a)  Except as described in sections 2.1(b), 2.1(c) and 2.1(d): 
  
 (i)  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC on or before May 7, 2002 (the “Filing
Deadline”) a registration statement on Form S-3 (or, if Form S-3 is not then available, on such form of registration statement that is then available to effect a registration of all Registrable Securities, subject to consent of the
Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities) for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities for resale by, and for the account of, the Holders as selling stockholders thereunder (the
“Registration Statement”). The Company shall use best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective as soon as possible after filing. The Company shall keep such registration statement effective at all times until
the earlier of the date on which all the Registrable Securities (A) are sold and (B) can be sold by all the Holders (and any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) in any three-month period without
volume limitation and without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The date on which the Registration Statement is withdrawn pursuant to the preceding sentence is the “Registration Withdrawal Date”.

 

 26 

  
 (ii)  If the Company has not filed the Registration
Statement with the SEC on or before May 7, 2002, the Company shall issue to each Holder an additional warrant (on the same terms and conditions as the Warrants, including the Exercise Price then in effect (a “Registration
Warrant”)), to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued to that Holder. 
  
 (iii)  At the end of each thirty (30) day period (or a portion thereof) after May 7, 2002, that the
Registration Statement has not been filed with the SEC, the Company shall issue to each Holder a Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on
exercise of the Warrants issued to that Holder, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such thirty-day period before the date on which the Registration Statement was filed with the SEC and the denominator
of which is thirty. 
  
 (iv)  If the Registration Statement has not been declared
effective by the SEC on or before June 21, 2002, the Company shall issue to each Holder a Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise
of the Warrants issued to that Holder. 
  
 (v)  At the end of each thirty (30) day period
(or a portion thereof) after June 21, 2002, that the Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC, the Company shall issue to each Holder a Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) ten
percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued to that Holder, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such thirty-day period before the date on which the
Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and the denominator of which is thirty. 
  
 (b)  Notwithstanding anything contained in section 2.1(a) to the contrary, with respect to Second Addendum Registrable Securities: 
  
 (i)  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC on or before July 31, 2002 (A) a registration statement on Form S-3 (or, if Form S-3 is not
then available, on such form of registration statement that is then available to effect a registration of all Second Addendum Registrable Securities, subject to consent of the Investors holding at least a majority of the Second Addendum Registrable
Securities) or (B) an amendment to the Registration Statement described in section 2.1(a), for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act all of the Second Addendum Registrable Securities for resale by, and for the account of, the Holders
of Second Addendum Registrable Securities as selling stockholders thereunder (such registration statement or amendment to the Registration Statement, as the case may be, is referred to herein as the “Second Registration Statement”).
The Company shall use best efforts to cause the Second Registration Statement to become effective as soon as possible after filing. The Company shall keep such registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of the date on which all
the Second Addendum Registrable Securities are sold and can be sold by all the Holders of Second Addendum Registrable Securities (and any affiliate of such 
 

 27 

 Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) in any three-month period without volume
limitation and without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
  
 (ii)  If the Company has not filed the Second Registration Statement with the SEC on or before July 31, 2002, the Company shall issue to each Holder of Second Addendum Registrable Securities an additional warrant (on the
same terms and conditions as the Warrants, including the Exercise Price then in effect (a “Second Registration Warrant”)), to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common
Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued to that Holder. 
  
 (iii)  At the end of
each thirty (30) day period (or a portion thereof) after July 31, 2002, that the Second Registration Statement has not been filed with the SEC, the Company shall issue to each Holder of Second Addendum Registrable Securities a Second Registration
Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued to that Holder, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days during such thirty-day period before the date on which the Second Registration Statement was filed with the SEC and the denominator of which is thirty. 
  
 (iv)  If the Second Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC on or before August 31, 2002, the Company shall issue to
each Holder of Second Addendum Registrable Securities a Second Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued to
that Holder. 
  
 (v)  At the end of each thirty (30) day period (or a portion thereof)
after August 31, 2002, that the Second Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC, the Company shall issue to each Holder of Second Addendum Registrable Securities a Second Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares
of Common Stock equal to (A) ten percent (10%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued to that Holder, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such thirty-day
period before the date on which the Second Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and the denominator of which is thirty. 
  
 (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in section 2.1(a) or 2.1(b) to the contrary, with respect to Third Addendum Registrable Securities: 
  
 (i)  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC not later than the earlier of August 16, 2002, and one
week after each of the Registration Statement and Second Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC (the “Required Filing Date”), (A) a registration statement on Form S-3 (or, if Form S-3 is not then available, on such
form of registration statement that is then available to effect a registration of all Third Addendum Registrable Securities, subject to consent of the Investors holding at least a majority of the Third Addendum Registrable Securities), or (B) an
amendment to the Registration Statement described in section 2.1(a) or the Second Registration Statement described in section 2.1(b), for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act all of the Third Addendum Registrable Securities

 

 28 

 for resale by, and for the account of, the Holders of Third Addendum Registrable Securities as selling stockholders
thereunder (such registration statement or amendment to registration statement, as the case may be, is referred to herein as the “Third Registration Statement”). The Company shall use best efforts to cause the Third Registration
Statement to become effective as soon as possible after filing. The Company shall keep such registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of the date on which all the Third Addendum Registrable Securities are sold and can be sold
by all the Holders of Third Addendum Registrable Securities (and any affiliate of such Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) in any three-month period without volume limitation and without registration in compliance
with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
  
 (ii)  If the Company has not filed the Third
Registration Statement with the SEC on or before the Required Filing Date, the Company shall issue to each Holder of Third Addendum Registrable Securities an additional warrant (on the same terms and conditions as the Warrants, including the
Exercise Price then in effect (a “Third Registration Warrant”)), to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued
pursuant to the Third Addendum to that Holder. 
  
 (iii)  At the end of each thirty (30)
day period (or a portion thereof) after the Required Filing Date that the Third Registration Statement has not been filed with the SEC, the Company shall issue to each Holder of Third Addendum Registrable Securities a Third Registration Warrant to
acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Third Addendum to that Holder, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days during such thirty-day period before the date on which the Third Registration Statement was filed with the SEC and the denominator of which is thirty. 
  

(iv)  If the Third Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC on or before thirty days after it is filed (the
“Required Effective Date”), the Company shall issue to each Holder of Third Addendum Registrable Securities a Third Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to five percent (5%) of the number of
shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Third Addendum to that Holder. 
  
 (v)  At the end of each thirty (30) day period (or a portion thereof) after the Required Effective Date that the Third Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC, the Company shall issue to
each Holder of Third Addendum Registrable Securities a Third Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued
pursuant to the Third Addendum to that Holder, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such thirty-day period before the date on which the Third Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and
the denominator of which is thirty. 
  
 (d)  Notwithstanding anything contained in section
2.1(a), 2.1(b) or 2.1(c) to the contrary, with respect to Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities: 
 

 29 

  
 (i)  The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC
not later than the earlier of five business days after the Closing Date and three business days after each of the Registration Statement, the Second Registration Statement and Third Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC (the
“Fourth Addendum Required Filing Date”), (A) a registration statement on Form S-3 (or, if Form S-3 is not then available, on such form of registration statement that is then available to effect a registration of all Fourth Addendum
Registrable Securities, subject to consent of the Investors holding at least a majority of the Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities), or (B) an amendment to the Registration Statement described in section 2.1(a), the Second Registration Statement
described in section 2.1(b) or the Third Registration Statement described in section 2.1(c), for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act all of the Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities for resale by, and for the account of, the Holders
of Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities as selling stockholders thereunder (such registration statement or amendment to registration statement, as the case may be, is referred to herein as the “Fourth Registration Statement”). The
Company shall use best efforts to cause the Fourth Registration Statement to become effective as soon as possible after filing. The Company shall keep such registration statement effective at all times until the earlier of the date on which all the
Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities are sold and can be sold by all the Holders of Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities (and any affiliate of such Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) in any three-month period
without volume limitation and without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. 
  
 (ii)  If the Company has not filed the Fourth Registration Statement with the SEC on or before the Fourth Addendum Required Filing Date, the Company shall issue to each Holder of Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities an
additional warrant (on the same terms and conditions as the Warrants, including the Exercise Price then in effect (a “Fourth Registration Warrant”)), to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to five percent (5%) of the
number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Fourth Addendum to that Holder. 
  
 (iii)  At the end of each thirty (30) day period (or a portion thereof) after the Fourth Addendum Required Filing Date that the Fourth Registration Statement has not been filed with the SEC,
the Company shall issue to each Holder of Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities a Fourth Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on
exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Fourth Addendum to that Holder, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such thirty-day period before the date on which the Fourth Registration Statement was
filed with the SEC and the denominator of which is thirty. 
  
 (iv)  If the Fourth
Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC on or before thirty days after it is filed (the “Fourth Addendum Required Effective Date”), the Company shall issue to each Holder of Fourth Addendum Registrable
Securities a Fourth Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Fourth Addendum to that Holder.

 

 30 

  
 (v)  At the end of each thirty (30) day period (or a
portion thereof) after the Fourth Addendum Required Effective Date that the Fourth Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC, the Company shall issue to each Holder of Fourth Addendum Registrable Securities a Fourth
Registration Warrant to acquire that number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Fourth Addendum to that Holder, multiplied by
(B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during such thirty-day period before the date on which the Fourth Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and the denominator of which is thirty. 
  
 2.2  Company Registration. 
  
 (a)  If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register any of its stock (including a registration effected by the Company
for stockholders other than the Holders) or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities, the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. On the request
of each Holder given within thirty days after such notice by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of section 2.2(c), cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has
requested to be registered. 
  
 (b)  The Company shall have the right to terminate or
withdraw any registration initiated by it under this section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration, whether or not any Holder shall have elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration
shall be borne by the Company in accordance with section 2.7 hereof. 
  
 (c)  In connection
with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this section 2.2 to include any requesting Holder’s securities in such underwriting, unless such Holder accepts
the terms of the underwriting as agreed between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enters into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or
underwriters selected by the Company, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters advise the Company in writing in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities,
including Registrable Securities, requested by the Holders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters advise the Company in writing in their sole discretion is compatible
with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such Registrable Securities that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering
(the Registrable Securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders according to the total amount of Registrable Securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall
mutually be agreed to by such selling Holders); provided, that in no event shall the amount of Registrable Securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below one-third of the total amount of securities included in
such offering. For purposes of such apportionment among Holders, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a 
 

 31 

 partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family
members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder”, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder”
shall be based on the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals. 
  
 2.3  Form S-3 Registration.    If, at any time after the Registration Withdrawal Date, the Company shall receive from one or more Holders a request or requests that the Company effect a
registration on Form S-3 and any related blue sky or similar qualification or compliance with respect to the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall: 
  
 (a)  Within five days of the receipt thereof, give notice of the proposed registration, and any related blue sky or similar qualification or
compliance, to all other Holders; and 
  
 (b)  Cause, as soon as reasonably practicable,
such Registrable Securities to be registered for offering and sale on Form S-3 and cause such Registrable Securities to be qualified in such jurisdictions as such Holders may reasonable request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable
Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a request given within twenty days after receipt of such notice from the Company; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration,
qualification or compliance, pursuant to this section 2.3: 
  
 (i)  If the Holders,
together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000;

  
 (ii)  If the Company has, within the twelve month period preceding the date of such
request, already effected two registrations for the Holders pursuant to this section 2.3 or section 2.4; 
  
 (iii)  If the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously
detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than
ninety days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this section 2.3; provided that the Company shall not utilize this right, together with its right under section 2.4(c), more than once in any twelve month period; provided,
further, that the Company shall not register shares for its own account during such ninety day period unless the Holder can exercise its right to request the registration of Registrable Securities under section 2.2; or 
 

 32 

 (iv)  In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do
business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance. 
  
 (c)  Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as reasonably
practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. 
  
 2.4  Request
for Registration. 
  
 (a)  If, at any time after the Registration Withdrawal Date, the
Company is not eligible to effect a registration on Form S-3 and the Company shall, during such period that it is not so eligible, receive a written request from the Holders that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act
covering the registration of all or a portion of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall: 
  
 (i)  within five days of the receipt thereof, give notice of the proposed registration, and any related blue sky or similar qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and 
  
 (ii)  cause, as soon as reasonably practicable, such Registrable Securities to be registered for offering and
sale and cause such Registrable Securities to be qualified in such jurisdictions as such Holders may reasonable request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in
a request given within twenty days after receipt of such notice from the Company; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this section 2.4: 
  
 (A)  if the Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities at an aggregate price to the public of less than
$1,000,000; 
  
 (B)  if the Company has, within the twelve month period preceding the date
of such request, already effected two registrations for the Holders pursuant to section 2.3 or this section 2.4; and 
  
 (C)  in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or
compliance. 
  
 (b)  If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder
(“Initiating Holders”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to section 2.4(a) and the Company
shall include such information in the written notice referred to in section 2.4(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest (as determined by the number of Registrable Securities held) of the Initiating Holders and shall be
reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his, her or its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of
such Holder’s Registrable Securities in 
 

 33 

 the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder)
to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in section 2.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter
or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be
underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall
be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities
to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. 
  
 (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this section 2.4, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential
to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that
the Company may not utilize this right, together with its right under section 2.3(b)(iii) more than once in any twelve month period; provided further, that the Company shall not register shares for its own account during such ninety day period
unless the Holder can exercise its right to request the registration of Registrable Securities under section 2.2. 
  
 2.5  Obligations of the Company.    Whenever required under this section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

  
 (a)  Except as otherwise provided in section 2.1, prepare and file with the SEC a
registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, on the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder,
keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 180 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided that (i) such 180-day period shall be extended for a period of
time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable
Securities on Form S-3 (or any other Form, to the extent permitted by law) that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 180-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all
such Registrable Securities are sold, except to the extent that the Holders (and any affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) of such Registrable Securities may sell those Registrable Securities in any
three-month period without regard to the volume limitation and without registration in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 

 34 

 (b)  Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration
statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during the period of time
such registration statement remains effective; 
  
 (c)  Furnish to the Holders such numbers
of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

  
 (d)  Use best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such
registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify
to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions; 
  
 (e)  In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering; 

 
 (f)  During the period of time such registration statement remains effective, notify each Holder of
Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such
registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
then existing; and, thereafter, the Company will promptly prepare (and, when completed, deliver to each selling Holder) a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities,
such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

  
 (g)  Cause all such Registrable Securities registered hereunder to be listed on each
securities exchange on which securities of the same class issued by the Company are then listed; 
  
 (h)  Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
and 
  
 (i)  Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable
Securities pursuant to this section 2, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this section 2 if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or,
if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities 
 

 35 

 becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such
registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, and (ii) a
“comfort” letter signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in the registration statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to the registration
statement (and the prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of the financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of
securities addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities. 
  
 2.6  Information from Holder.    It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this section 2 with respect to the Registrable
Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by such Holder, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to
effect the registration of such Registrable Securities. 
  
 2.7  Expenses of
Registration.    All expenses incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees,
printing fees and expenses, accounting fees and expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling Holders selected by the Holders, shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to section 2.3 or 2.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the
Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities that were requested to be included in the withdrawn registration); provided that, if at
the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and shall have
withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to section 2.3 or 2.4.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, all underwriting discounts, commissions and transfer taxes incurred in connection with a sale of Registrable Securities shall be borne and paid by the Holder thereof, and the Company shall have no
responsibility therefor. 
  
 2.8  Indemnification.    If any
Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this section 2: 
  
 (a)  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors, stockholders, members and managers of such Holder, legal counsel and accountants for such
Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities 
 

 36 

 Act, the Exchange Act or any other federal or state securities law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based on any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will reimburse such Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses incurred, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided that the indemnity agreement in this section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the
consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based on a
Violation that occurs in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, underwriter or controlling person. 
  

(b)  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its
officers who shall have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in
such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act
or any other federal or state securities law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based on any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation
occurs in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this section
2.8(b), for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred, as incurred, by such person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided that the indemnity agreement in this section 2.8(b)
shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and provided further
that in no event shall any indemnity by such Holder under this section 2.8(b), when aggregated with amounts contributed, if any, pursuant to section 2.8(d), exceed the net proceeds from the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder received by such
Holder. 
  
 (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this section 2.8 of
notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party notice of
the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent that the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to 
 

 37 

 assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided that an indemnified party
(together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such
indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure
to notify the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this section
2.8, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this section 2.8. 
  
 (d)  If the indemnification provided in this section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party
with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or
omissions that shall have resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this section 2.8(d), when aggregate with
amounts paid, if any, pursuant to section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the sale of Registrable Securities hereunder received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’
relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 
  
 (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are
in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control. 
  
 (f)  The obligations of the Company and Holders under this section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this section 2, and otherwise. 

 
 2.9  Reports under Exchange Act.    With a view to making available to the
Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a
registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to: 
  
 (a)  Make and keep public information
available, as those terms are used in SEC Rule 144, at all times; 
 

 38 

 (b)  Take such action as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of
their Registrable Securities; 
  
 (c)  File with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and
other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; 
  
 (d)  Furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith on request, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144, the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act, or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by
the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form; and 

 
 (e)  Undertake any additional actions reasonably necessary to maintain the availability of the
Registration Statement, Second Registration Statement, Third Registration Statement, Fourth Registration Statement or the use of Rule 144. 
  
 2.10  Assignment of Registration Rights.    The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this section 2 may be assigned (but only
with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Registrable Securities that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, current or former partner, current or former limited partner, current or former member, current or former manager
or stockholder of a Holder, (b) is an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control, or under common investment management, with a Holder, including without limitation a corporation, partnership or limited liability company that is a
direct or indirect parent or subsidiary of the Holder, or (c) is a transferee or assignee of at least 10,000 (as adjusted for stock split, combinations, dividends and the like) shares of such Registrable Securities; provided that: (i) the Company
is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, notified of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (ii) such transferee or assignee
agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (iii) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or
assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. 
  
 2.11  Limitations on Subsequent
Registration Rights.    From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any
agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration filed under sections 2.1, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, unless under the terms
of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are
included; provided, however, that this section shall not apply to the transaction described on Schedule 2.14 of the Purchase Agreement. 
 

 39 

  
 3.  Covenants. 
  
 3.1  Reserve for Exercise Shares.    The Company shall at all times reserve and keep
available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock such number of shares of Common Stock (the “Exercise Shares”) as shall be sufficient to enable it to comply with its exercise obligations under the Warrants,
Registration Warrants, Second Registration Warrants, Third Registration Warrants and Fourth Registration Warrants. If at any time the number of Exercise Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the exercise of the Warrants, Second Registration
Warrants, Third Registration Warrants and Fourth Registration Warrants, the Company will forthwith take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number as will be sufficient for
such purposes. The Company will obtain authorization, consent, approval or other action by, or make any filing with, any administrative body that may be required under applicable state securities laws in connection with the issuance of Exercise
Shares. 
  
 3.2  Preferred Stock.    Except for the transaction
described in item 2 of Schedule 2.14 of the Purchase Agreement, the Company shall not issue any preferred stock of the Company (or other securities of any nature convertible into preferred stock of the Company) without the consent of Holders holding
at least two-thirds of the then outstanding Registrable Securities. 
  
 3.3  Right to
Develop or Participate in Commercial Projects (K-Fuel Processing Plants) That Use K-Fuel Technology.    Subject to that certain First Amended Limited Liability Agreement of K-Fuel LLC, dated as of June 29, 1999, between the
Company and Kennecott Alternative Fuels, Inc. (“Kennecott”) (the “K-Fuel Agreement”), the Company agrees to grant a license, through K-Fuel LLC, or cause K-Fuel LLC to grant a license, to one or more of the Holders
(or their affiliates or one or more entities that are formed by one or more of the Holders) (referred to herein as the “Licensee”) to develop Commercial Projects (as defined in the K-Fuel Agreement) and to otherwise provide,
manufacture, use, employ, practice, distribute, reproduce, disseminate, make, have made, sell, offer to sell, have sold, research, design, develop, market or otherwise exploit any and all rights under the K-Fuel Technology (as defined in the K-Fuel
Agreement) that are requested by one or more of the Licensees, and grants to the Licensees the right to participate in any and all Commercial Projects in which the Company or its affiliates participate, in connection with the greater of the (a)
construction of one or more Commercial Projects in the United States in which the aggregate production of K-Fuel Products per year from such Commercial Projects allocable to the Licensees based on the Licensees’ pro rata equity ownership
interest in such Commercial Projects is not greater than fifty million tons (for example, if a Commercial Project produces ten million tons of K-Fuel Products per year and the Licensees have a fifty percent equity ownership interest in that
Commercial Project, then five million tons of such K-Fuel Products shall be allocable to the Licensees ownership interest in that Commercial Project) and (b) construction of six Commercial Projects in the United States in which the Licensees
(individually or as a group) take an equity interest. Such license will include any and all rights relating to such K-Fuel Technology, including all right to market all K-Fuel Products (as defined in the K-Fuel Agreement) produced by the Commercial
Project at market prices, to manage the Commercial Project for reasonable fees, and to supply coal and other related feedstock for any such Commercial Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Kennecott shall retain the right to market its share of
K-Fuel Product produced by each 
 

 40 

 Commercial Project in which Kennecott has at least a twenty percent equity interest. Licensee shall pay license fees and
royalties in connection with such Commercial Projects at the lesser of the rate applicable to a non-Kennecott project under the K-Fuel Agreement or the lowest rate charged by the Company and K-Fuel LLC, in the aggregate, for a non-Kennecott project.
It is further agreed and understood that the Commercial Projects contemplated herein may be third-party projects under 10.7 of the K-Fuel Agreement. 
  
 3.4  Right to Participate in Place of the Company.    For Commercial Projects that are determined to fall under
10.5(iii) of the K-Fuel Agreement, (a) to the extent that the Company does not exercise its entire option to fund a portion of the capital for a Commercial Project pursuant to the K-Fuel Agreement (that is, the Company does not elect to fund any
portion of such Commercial Project or elects to fund less than fifty percent of such Commercial Project), the Company hereby assigns to the Licensee(s) the Company’s right to exercise the Company’s option thereunder with respect to the
unexercised portion and the Licensee(s) shall have all of the Company’s rights thereunder, and (b) to the extent that the Company exercises its option to fund a portion of the capital for a Commercial Project, the Company hereby assigns to the
Licensee(s) fifty percent of the Company’s right to fund that portion of such Commercial Project, and the Licensee(s) shall have all of the Company’s rights thereunder. The rights of the Licensee(s) in this section are subject to the
limitations on overall participation in Commercial Projects by Licensee(s) in Section 3.3. 
  
 3.5  Right of First Refusal to Market K-Fuel Products in the United States.    KFX hereby grants, through K-Fuel LLC, or agrees to cause K-Fuel LLC to grant, to the Holders, the right of first
refusal to market the K-Fuel Products in the United States. 
  
 3.6  Exclusive Rights in
India.    The Company hereby grants, through K-Fuel LLC, or agrees to cause K-Fuel LLC to grant, to the Holders an irrevocable, transferable, exclusive right and license, with the right to grant sublicenses, to develop
Commercial Projects and otherwise provide, manufacture, use, employ, practice, distribute, reproduce, disseminate, make, have made, sell, offer to sell, have sold, research, design, develop, market or otherwise exploit any and all rights under the
K-Fuel Technology, within India. The exclusive rights and licenses granted under this section shall expire on the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date (as defined in the Fourth Addendum); provided, however, that such rights and licenses shall be
extended for successive seven year terms on the achievement of certain milestones to be negotiated in good faith by the Company and the Holders. 
  
 3.7  Further Assurances.    The Company shall take all steps necessary to secure approval for each license, any and all Commercial Projects contemplated or
authorized herein and any and all assignments of rights described herein, including all actions that are required under section 10.5 of the K-Fuel Agreement prior to undertaking a Commercial Project. 
  
 3.8  Subordination of Koppelman Royalties.    Within ten days of the Closing, the
Company shall obtain from all persons or entities, who are entitled to any Royalty (as defined in the Agreement to Amend Amendment to Agreements and Royalty Agreement dated as of June 3, 1996, by and among Theodore Venners, the Company and Edward
Koppelman, individually, as trustee of the Riverfront Trust, dated December 31, 1980, as trustee of F.H. Prince Trust, dated September 5, 1979, and as a general partner of KGM Associates, a California limited 
 

 41 

 partnership) and any other distribution, payment or allocation, a subordination of such Royalty and other such
distribution, payment or allocation to which such persons or entities may be entitled with respect to a Commercial Project (as defined in the First Amended Limited Liability Agreement of K-Fuel LLC (the “K-Fuel Agreement”), dated as
of June 29, 1999, by and between the Company and Kennecott Alternative Fuels, Inc.) in which the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the K-Fuel Agreement) has an equity interest until the Company receives a Return with respect to such Commercial
Project of fifteen percent, and which subordination shall provide that thereafter such persons shall be entitled to a Royalty and other distributions, payments or allocations to which they may be entitled only with respect to Returns in excess of
fifteen percent. The subordination shall provide that the “Return” for a particular Commercial Project is equal to the percentage derived by dividing (a) the sum of (i) the royalties and fees received by the Company from the Commercial
Project, (ii) distributions received by the Company from K-Fuel LLC that relate to or are based on royalties and fees received by K-Fuel LLC from the Commercial Project and (iii) other distributions, dividends or payments received by the Company
from the Commercial Project made to the Company in its capacity as a participant in the Commercial Project (and excluding payments in the nature of a return of equity, debt repayment or payments for services rendered by the Company to the Commercial
Project) by (b) the total amount invested in the Commercial Project. The waiver shall apply to the first two Commercial Projects in which the Company or an Affiliate has an equity interest. 
  
 3.9  Termination of Covenants. 
  
 (a)  The covenants set forth in sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force and effect at the time the Holders no longer hold any Registrable Securities.

  
 (b)  The agreements, covenants, licenses and other rights set forth in sections 3.3
through 3.8 may be terminated only with the written consent of all the parties hereto. 
  
 3.10  Pro Rata Participation.    Holders may exercise their rights under section 3.3 to develop Commercial Projects in the United States, under section 3.4 to participate in place of the Company,
under section 3.5 to market K-Fuel Products and under section 3.6 to develop Commercial Projects in India and otherwise obtain any and all rights relating to the K-Fuel Technology within India as described in section 3.6, as follows: 

 
 (a)  If Holder(s) who purchased more than more than twenty-five percent of the Registrable Securities
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “Proposing Holders”) elect to exercise their rights under any of sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5 or 3.6, then the Proposing Holders shall notify the other Holders in writing of the terms of any
proposal (the “Proposal”) for the exercise of such rights, including the name of the Proposing Holder (the “Proposal Manager”) to whom such Holders should deliver their responding notices described in the following
sentence. Within fifteen days after receipt of the Proposal, each Holder (including each Proposing Holder) shall notify the Proposal Manager whether it elects to participate in the Proposal and specify the Holder’s desired participation
percentage in the Proposal. 
  
 (b)  Each Holder (including each Proposing Holder) electing
to participate in a Proposal shall be entitled to participate in such Proposal to the extent of that 
 

 42 

 Holder’s desired participation percentage set forth in its notice to the Proposal Manager unless the sum of the
participating Holders’ (including the Proposing Holders’) specified participation percentages exceeds one hundred percent. If the sum of the participating Holders’ (including the Proposing Holders’) specified participation
percentages exceeds one hundred percent, then (i) each participating Holder shall be granted a participation percentage equal to its pro rata share (or any portion thereof if such Holder specifies a participating percentage less than its pro rata
share) of the Proposal, and (ii) if, after the allocation in clause (i) (and, if necessary, in this clause (ii)), any portion of the Proposal has not been allocated, each Holder that shall have specified a greater participation percentage than it
shall have been allocated under clause (i) (and, if necessary, under this clause (ii)) shall be granted a fraction of the remaining participation percentage of the Proposal, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities
purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by such Holder (or its assignor) and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by all participating Holders (or their
assignors) that request the remaining participation percentage of the Proposal. If, after the allocation in clauses (i) and (ii), any participation percentage of the Proposal shall not have been allocated, the procedure set forth in clause (ii)
shall be repeated until one hundred percent of the Proposal shall have been allocated or until each Holder shall have been allocated the maximum participation percentage specified in its notice. A Holder’s pro rata share of the Proposal shall
be equal to a fraction of such Proposal, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by such Holder (or its assignor) and the denominator of which is the number of shares of
Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by all Holders (or their assignors) who are exercising the right to participate in such Proposal pursuant to this section 3.10. If a Holder has been assigned only a portion of the
Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by an assignor thereof, that Holder’s pro rata share of the Proposal shall be equal to a fraction of such Proposal, the numerator of which is the portion of the shares
purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by the assigning Holder and assigned to the Holder and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by all Holders (or their
assignors) who are exercising the right to participate in such Proposal pursuant to this section 3.10. 
  
 4.  Subsequent Dilutive Offerings.    If during the period beginning on March 28, 2002 and ending on August 21, 2003, the Company issues shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock at a
Purchase Price Per Common Share Equivalent less than the Purchase Price (a “Subsequent Dilutive Offering”), then the Company shall, within ten (10) days of the closing of the Subsequent Dilutive Offering, issue to each Holder:

  
 4.1  A number of shares of Common Stock equal to (a)(i) the number of shares of Common
Stock purchased by such Holder pursuant to Purchase Agreement multiplied by (ii) the remainder of the Purchase Price minus the Purchase Price Per Common Share Equivalent (as of the date of sale) issued in the Subsequent Dilutive Offering, divided by
(b) the Purchase Price per Common Share Equivalent (as of the date of sale) issued in the Subsequent Dilutive Offering; and 
  
 4.2  A Warrant (which has the same terms and conditions as the Warrants, including the Warrant Price (as defined in the Warrants) then in effect) to purchase a number of 
 

 43 

  
 shares of Common Stock equal to 212.5% of the number of shares of Common Stock
issued to that Investor pursuant to section 4.1 above. 
  
 5.  Right of First Offer. 

 
 5.1  Holders’ Rights.    So long as a person is a Holder, the Company
hereby grants to each such Holder the first right to purchase the Equity Securities (as defined in Section 5.5) that the Company may from time to time desire to issue during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on and including the
second anniversary of the Closing Date. A Holder that chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right himself, herself or itself, a current or former constituent partner, affiliate or current or former
member of itself or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with itself, including without limitation a corporation or limited liability company that is a parent or subsidiary, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

  
 5.2  Notice. 
  
 (a)  Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company of any Equity Securities, the Company shall notify each Holder in writing (the
“Notice”) of its bona fide intention to sell and issue such securities, setting forth the number of shares of Equity Securities it proposes to sell and the price and other terms upon which it proposes to make such sale. Within 30
days after receipt of the Notice, each Holder shall notify the Company whether it elects to exercise its right to purchase all (or any part thereof) of the Equity Securities so offered and specify the number of shares of Equity Securities the Holder
elects to acquire. If the participating Holders elect, in aggregate, to acquire less than all of the Equity Securities the Company proposes to sell, then each Holder shall be entitled to purchase the number of Equity Securities each such Holder
specified in its election to participate. If the participating Holders elect, in aggregate, to acquire more than all of the Equity Securities the Company proposes to sell, then (i) each Holder shall be entitled to purchase its pro rata share (or any
portion thereof if such Holder elects to purchase less than its pro rata share) of all of the Equity Securities the Company proposes to sell, and (ii) if, after the allocation in clause (i) (and, if necessary, in this clause (ii)), any shares of
Equity Securities have not been allocated, each Holder that shall have subscribed for more shares of Equity Securities than shall have been allocated under clause (i) (and, if necessary, under this clause (ii)) shall be entitled to purchase a
fraction of such remaining Equity Securities, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by such Holder (or its assignor) and the denominator of which is the number of shares
of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by all Holders (or their assignors) exercising the right of purchase of such remaining Equity Securities. If, after the allocation in clauses (i) and (ii), any shares of Equity
Securities shall not have been allocated, the procedure set forth in clause (ii) shall be repeated until all of the Equity Securities shall have been allocated or until each Holder shall have been allocated the maximum number of shares specified in
its notice. A Holder’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to a fraction of such Equity Securities, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by such
Holder (or its assignor) and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by all Holders (or their assignors) who are exercising the right of purchase of such Equity
Securities pursuant to this 
 

 44 

 section 5.2(a). If a Holder has been assigned only a portion of the Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the
Purchase Agreement by an assignor thereof, that Holder’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to a fraction of such Equity Securities, the numerator of which is the portion of the shares purchased pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement by the assigning Holder and assigned to the Holder and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by all Holders (or their assignors) who are exercising the right
of purchase of such Equity Securities pursuant to this section 5.2(a). 
  
 (b)  Subject to
section 5.2(c), the Holders hereby waive their rights under section 5.2(a) with respect to the transaction described on Schedule 5.14 of the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 (c)  Notwithstanding anything contained in section 5.2(a), prior to any sale or issuance by the Company or by its subsidiaries of any
Investment-Related Securities in connection with a commercial investment in the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “Commercial Investment”) by any person or entity (including pursuant to the transaction described on Schedule 2.14
of the Purchase Agreement), the Company shall notify each Holder in writing (the “Commercial Investment Notice”) of its bona fide intention to enter into an agreement regarding the proposed Commercial Investment. Within 30 days
after receipt of such Commercial Investment Notice, each Holder shall have the right to offer to the Company or its subsidiaries within 30 days of the Notice a substantially similar Commercial Investment. The Company or its subsidiaries shall be
required to accept any such offer by the Holders, unless after the allocations of such Commercial Investment pursuant to this section 5.2(c), the Holders electing to participate in such Commercial Investment have not elected to participate in the
entire amount of such Commercial Investment. If the participating Holders elect, in aggregate, to make Commercial Investment that is more than the Company requires, then (i) each Holder shall be entitled to participate in the Commercial Investment
based on its pro rata share, as described in section 5.2(a) above (or any portion thereof if such Holder elects to purchase less than its pro rata share) of the Commercial Investment, and (ii) if, after the allocation in clause (i) (and, if
necessary, in this clause (ii)), any participation in the Commercial Investment has not been allocated, each Holder that shall have subscribed for a greater participation in the Commercial Investment than shall have been allocated under clause (i)
(and, if necessary, under this clause (ii)) shall be entitled to participate in a fraction of such remaining Commercial Investment, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement
by such Holder and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by all Holders who are exercising their right to participate in the Commercial Investment. If, after the
allocation in clauses (i) and (ii), any participation in the Commercial Investment shall not have been allocated, the procedure set forth in clause (ii) shall be repeated until all of the participation in the Commercial Investment has been
allocated. For purposes of this section 5.2(c), the term “Investment-Related Securities” shall mean (a) common stock of the Company or any subsidiary; (b) rights, options or warrants to purchase common stock of the Company or any
subsidiary; (c) any security of the Company or any subsidiary other than common stock having voting rights in the election of the Board of Directors, not contingent upon a failure to pay dividends; (d) any equity- or debt-related security of the
Company or any subsidiary convertible 
 

 45 

 into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing; and (e) any agreement or commitment to issue any of the foregoing.

  
 5.3  Failure to Notify.    After expiration of all notice
periods specified in Section 5.2 above, the Company may, during a period of 90 days following the expiration of such notice periods, sell and issue to other persons such Equity Securities as to which the Holders do not indicate a desire to purchase
or enter into the Commercial Investment transaction as to which the Holders do not elect to participate or if the Holders do not participate for the entire amount of the Commercial Investment, at a price not less and upon terms and conditions not
more favorable to the offeree than those set forth in the Notice or Commercial Notice, as the case may be. In the event the Company does not sell such Equity Securities within said 90 day period, the Holders shall no longer be obligated to purchase
the Equity Securities pursuant to their elections to purchase such Equity Securities under Section 5.2(a), and the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to the Holders in the manner
provided herein. In the event the Company does not enter into the proposed Commercial Investment transaction within said 90 day period, the Company shall not thereafter enter into a Commercial Investment transaction without first offering such
Commercial Investment to the Holders in the manner provided herein. 
  
 5.4  Payment.    If a Holder gives the Company notice that such Holder desires to purchase any of the Equity Securities offered by the Company or participate in any Commercial Investment in the
Company, payment for the Equity Securities or Commercial Investment shall be by check or wire transfer against delivery of the Equity Securities at the executive offices of the Company within 10 days after giving the Company such notice, or, if
later, the closing date for the sale of such Equity Securities or Commercial Investment proposed by the Company in the Notice. The Company and any affected Holder shall take all such action as may be required by any regulatory authority in
connection with the exercise by a Holder of the right to purchase Equity Securities or make such a Commercial Investment as set forth in this Section 5. 
  
 5.5  Equity Securities.    The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (a) Common Stock; (b) rights,
options or warrants to purchase Common Stock; (c) any security other than Common Stock having voting rights in the election of the Board of Directors, not contingent upon a failure to pay dividends; (d) any equity- or debt-related security
convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing; and (e) any agreement or commitment to issue any of the foregoing. 
  
 6.  Miscellaneous. 
  
 6.1  Amendments and
Waivers.    Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the
written consent of the Company and the Investors holding more than two-thirds of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effective in accordance with this Section 6.1 shall be binding upon each Investor, his, her or its
heirs, representatives or permitted assigns, and the Company and its heirs, representatives and permitted assigns. 
 

 46 

 6.2  Notices.    Any notice, consent, authorization or other
communication to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received when delivered personally or transmitted by facsimile transmission with receipt acknowledged by the addressee, three days after being mailed by first
class mail, or the next business day after being deposited for next-day delivery with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, charges and postage prepaid, properly addressed to the party to receive such notice at the address(es)
specified on the signature page of this Agreement for the Company and on Schedule A for each Investor (or at such other address as shall be specified by like notice). 
  
 6.3  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement (including the Schedules hereto), the Purchase Agreement and the Warrants
contain the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior negotiations, correspondence, term sheets, agreements and understandings, written and oral, between or among the parties regarding the subject matter hereof. 

 
 6.4  Successors and Assigns.    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and be binding upon the respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon
any party other than the parties hereto or their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this
Agreement. 
  
 6.5  Severability.    If any provision of this
Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be replaced with a provision that accomplishes, to the extent possible, the original business purpose of such provision in a valid
and enforceable manner, and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so modified and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. 
  
 6.6  Governing Law.    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the law of
the State of New York, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws principles. 
  
 6.7  Further Assurances.    Each party shall execute such other and further certificates, instruments and other documents as may be reasonably necessary and proper to implement, complete and
perfect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. 
  
 6.8  Aggregation of
Stock.    All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons, or entities or persons under common investment management, shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the
availability of any rights under this Agreement. 
  
 [remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page
follows] 
 

 47 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights
Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties hereto as of the date first above written. 
  
 
	 KFX INC
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 

	 Name:
 	 	  
 

	 Title:
 	 	  
 

	 
	 Address:
 3300 East First Avenue, Suite 290
 Denver, CO 80206
 Fax: (303) 293-8430
  
 with a copy
to:
  
 Leslie J. Goldman, Esq.
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
 1440 New York Avenue, N.W.
 Washington, DC 20005
 Facsimile: (202)
393-5719
 

 
  
  
 THE INVESTORS: 
  
 
	 WESTCLIFF AGGRESSIVE GROWTH, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF ENERGY PARTNERS, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF LONG/SHORT, L.P.

WESTCLIFF PARTNERS, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PUBLIC VENTURES FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF SMALL CAP FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PUBLIC VENTURES—KFx, L.P.
  
 By:    Westcliff Capital Management, LLC
 Its:    General Partner
  
 By: 
                                        
                                       
 
 Richard S. Spencer III,
 Manager

 

 	 	 WESTCLIFF FOUNDATION
 WESTCLIFF MASTER FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PROFIT SHARING AND MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLAN

CANCER CENTER OF SANTA BARBARA
 PALM TRUST
 PARKER FOUNDATION
 UNIVERSITY OF SAN FRANCISCO
  
 By:    Westcliff Capital Management, LLC
 Its:    Investment Adviser and
Attorney-In-Fact
  
 By:                                     
                                        
    
 Richard S. Spencer III,
 Manager
 

 
 

 48 

  
 
	 RAM TRADING, LTD.
 	 	  	 	 NORANDA FINANCE, INC. RETIREMENT PLAN FOR AFFILIATED COMPANIES TRUST
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Mellon Bank, N.A., solely in its capacity as Trustee for the Noranda Finance, Inc. Retirement Plan for Affiliated Companies Trust (as directed by Westcliff
Capital Management, LLC), and not in its individual capacity
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Bernadette T. Rist
 Authorized
Signatory
 
	 
	 PENINSULA FUND, L.P.
 	 	  	 	 COMMON SENSE PARTNERS, L.P.
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 
	 Its:
 	 	 General Partner
 	 	  	 	 Its:
 	 	 Investment Adviser
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 
	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	 Scott Bedford,
 President
 	 	  	 	  	 	 Scott Bedford,
 President
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Common Sense Investment Management, LLC
 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Its:
 	 	 General Partner
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 

	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Scott A. Thompson
 Director and
Senior Vice President Finance
 

 
 

 49 

  
 SCHEDULE A 
  
 SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS 
  
  
 
	 Name of Investor, Address and Facsimile Number
 

	 Westcliff Aggressive Growth, L.P.
 Westcliff Energy Partners, L.P.
 Westcliff Foundation
 Westcliff Long/Short, L.P.
 Westcliff Master
Fund, L.P.
 Westcliff Partners, L.P.
 Westcliff Profit Sharing and Money Purchase Pension Plan
 Westcliff Public Ventures Fund, L.P.
 Westcliff Small Cap Fund, L.P.
 Westcliff
Public Ventures—KFx, L.P.
 Cancer Center of Santa Barbara
 Palm Trust
 Parker Foundation
 University of San Francisco
  
 c/o Westcliff Capital Management, LLC
 200 Seventh Avenue, Suite 105
 Santa Cruz, CA 95062
 Fax: (831)
479-3642
  
 
	 
	 Noranda Finance, Inc. Retirement Plan for
 Affiliated Companies Trust
 c/o Mellon Bank, N.A.
 One Mellon Bank Center
 Pittsburgh, PA
15258-0001
  
 Attention: Bernadette T. Rist
 
	  

 
 

 50 

  
 
	 Peninsula Fund, L.P.
 c/o Scott Bedford
 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 One Sansome Street, Suite 3134
 San Francisco, CA 94104
  
 
	 Common Sense Partners, L.P.
 c/o Scott Bedford
 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 One Sansome Street, Suite 3134
 San
Francisco, CA 94104
  
 
	 Ram Trading, Ltd.
 c/o David Popovich
 Ritchie Capital Management, LLC
 210 East State Street
 Batavia, IL 60510
 

 
  
 For any notice to a Westcliff-related entity, send a copy to:

  
 John F. Milani, Esq. 
 Shartsis, Friese & Ginsburg LLP 
 One Maritime Plaza, 18th Floor 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 
 Fax: (415) 421-2922

 

 51 

  
 SCHEDULE B 
  
 INVESTORS’ COMMON STOCK 
  
 
	 Investor Name
 
	    	 Number of Shares of Common Stock
 

	 Westcliff Energy Partners, L.P.
 	    	 67,500
 
	 Westcliff Public Ventures Fund, L.P.
 	    	 41,200
 

 
 

 52 

 EXHIBIT D 
  
 FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED PUT AGREEMENT 
  
 KFX INC.

  
 FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED PUT AGREEMENT 
  
 This FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED PUT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of August 21, 2002, by and among KFx Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), and the parties listed on the Schedule of Grantees attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Grantee” and collectively, the “Grantees”), with reference to the following facts: 

 
 WHEREAS, the Grantees are parties to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002 (the
“Original Purchase Agreement” and as amended by the Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2002 (the “First Addendum”), the Second Addendum, dated as of July 1, 2002 (the
“Second Addendum”), the Third Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement and the First Amendment to the Third Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, both dated as of July 19, 2002 (together,
the “Third Addendum”), the Fourth Addendum described below and as further amended or amended and restated hereafter, the “Purchase Agreement”); 
  
 WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the transactions described in the Original Purchase Agreement, the Company and certain of the Grantees entered into a Put and
Call Option Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2002 (the “Original Put Agreement”); 
  
 WHEREAS in
connection with the closing of the transactions described in the First Addendum, the Company and certain of the Grantees amended and restated the Original Put Agreement in its entirety pursuant to the Amended and Restated Put Agreement, dated as of
April 30, 2002; 
  
 WHEREAS in connection with the closing of the transactions described in the Second Addendum, the
Company and certain of the Grantees amended and restated the Original Put Agreement in its entirety pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Put Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002; 
  
 WHEREAS in connection with the closing of the transactions described in the Third Addendum, the Company and certain of the Grantees amended and restated the Second Amended
and Restated Put Agreement in its entirety pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Put Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2002; 
  
 WHEREAS, the Grantees are parties to that certain Fourth Addendum to the Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2002 (the “Fourth Addendum”), which provides that as a condition to the
closing of the transactions contemplated by the Fourth Addendum the Third Amended and Restated Put Agreement must be amended and restated in its entirety; 
 

 53 

  
 WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant the Grantees the right to cause the
shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement to be purchased by the Company under the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Shares” includes
all shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any and all Subsequent Dilutive Offerings (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement (as defined below)); and 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company and the Grantees desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Third Amended and Restated Put Agreement pursuant to this Agreement. 

 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein, the parties agree as follows:

  
 1.  Definitions.    Capitalized terms used and not otherwise
defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. In addition, the following terms when capitalized have the following meanings in this Agreement: 
  
 “Investors’ Rights Agreement” means that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights
Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2002, by and among the Company and the investors listed in Schedule A attached thereto, as the same may be further amended or amended and restated hereafter. 
  

(a)  “Put Exercise Notice” means a written notice, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, from a Grantee to
the Company exercising such Grantee’s Put Option and specifying the number of Shares with respect to which such Put Option is being exercised. 
  
 (b)  “Put Option” means each Grantee’s right and option to require the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth
herein, to purchase all or any portion of the Shares acquired by such Grantee pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 2.  Grant of Put Option.    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company irrevocably grants and issues to each Grantee a Put Option to require the Company to purchase the
Shares at a purchase price (the “Put Payment Price”) per Share of (i) $2.50 or, if the Company has effected one or more Subsequent Dilutive Offerings prior to the exercise of the Put Option, at the lowest Purchase Price Per Common
Share Equivalent (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement) prior to the exercise of the Put Option, as equitably adjusted from time to time for combinations of shares, stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like (the
“Share Purchase Price”), plus (ii) interest on the Share Purchase Price at the rate of nine percent (9%) simple interest per annum from the date on which such Shares subject to the exercise of the Put Option were originally acquired
from the Company (except that, for purposes of this section 2, the Shares issued to the Grantees in connection with a Subsequent Dilutive Offering shall be deemed to have been issued on the date on which the Shares underlying such additional
issuance were originally purchased from the Company) to the date on which the Put Payment Price is paid in full. 
  
 3.  Expiration Date of the Put Option.    Each Put Option shall expire and be of no further force or effect at the earlier of the time when it shall have been exercised with respect to all Shares
that the Grantee holds or 11:59 p.m., California time, on December 23, 2002 (the “Expiration Date”). 
 

 54 

  
 4.  Exercise of the Put Option. 

 
 (a)  If at any time prior to the Expiration Date, a Grantee wishes to exercise its Put Option, such
Grantee shall deliver a Put Exercise Notice to the Company. Such Put Exercise Notice shall be effective if and only if it is received by the Company on or prior to the Expiration Date. 
  
 (b)  Within ten (10) days of delivery of the Put Exercise Notice, the Company shall notify the Grantees in writing (the “Company
Notice”) of how the Company intends to pay the Put Payment Price. The Company shall pay to each such Grantee the full amount of the Put Payment Price for each of the Shares that the Grantee has elected to have purchased by the Company as
soon as possible after the delivery of the Put Exercise Notice; provided that, subject to section 4(c), such payment must be made not later than one hundred (100) days after delivery of the Put Exercise Notice (the “Payment
Period”). If the Company indicates in the Company Notice that it will pay the Put Payment Price with cash that the Company has on hand, then the Company must indicate how those funds were raised and when it will pay the Put Payment Price.
If the Company indicates in the Company Notice that intends to raise the assets to pay the Put Payment Price by selling the Pegasus Securities (as defined below) or the assets of Pegasus, then the Company must (i) commence marketing Pegasus (as
defined below) as soon as possible, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Pegasus Securities or the assets of Pegasus in a reasonable and orderly manner and (iii) provide periodic updates to, and respond to inquiries from, the
Grantees regarding the progress of such sale. 
  
 (c)  If the Company does not pay the full
amount of the Put Payment Price for all of the Shares to be purchased by the Company during the Payment Period, then the Company shall effect such purchase of the Shares by transferring to the Grantees all of the Company’s right, title and
interest in and to all the shares (the “Pegasus Securities”) of common stock and preferred stock of Pegasus Technologies, Inc., a South Dakota corporation (“Pegasus”), that the Company owns, with the Company’s
endorsement when necessary or appropriate or with stock powers duly executed in blank with the Company’s signature; provided that the Company is required to effect the purchase described in this section 4(c) only if the Grantees holding at
least two-thirds of the Shares then outstanding exercise the Put Option, in which case all Shares then outstanding shall become subject to and bound by such put transaction. If the Company is required to effect the purchase described in this section
4(c), then each Grantee shall be entitled to receive as consideration for its Shares a fraction of the Pegasus Securities, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Shares then held by each such Grantee and the denominator of which is the
number of Shares then held by all of the Grantees participating in such put. For purposes of this Agreement, “Pegasus Securities” includes (i) any sums paid as liquidating dividends or as a return of capital with respect to the Pegasus
Securities, (ii) any stock certificates (including, without limitation, any certificates representing a stock dividend, stock split or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital), options or rights,
whether in respect of, as an addition to, in substitution for or in exchange for all or any portion of the Pegasus Securities, or otherwise, or (iii) any property distributed on or with respect to Pegasus Securities pursuant to a recapitalization or
reclassification of capital or pursuant to a reorganization of Pegasus. 
 

 55 

  
 (d)  Each Share that is not purchased as described
herein shall remain outstanding and the Grantee holding such Share shall be entitled to all the rights of a stockholder of the Company until such Share is purchased as described herein. 
  
 (e)  At the closing of the put transaction at which the Company purchases the Shares, each participating Grantee shall deliver to the Company a
certificate or certificates representing all the Shares being put, which shall be free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and encumbrances of any kind whatsoever. 
  
 5.  Call Option.    Pursuant to the terms of the First Amended and Restated Put Agreement, the Company’s Call
Option, as described in the Original Put Agreement was terminated and cancelled, and, accordingly, the Company has no rights to exercise all or any portion of the Call Option described therein. 
  

6.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] 
  
 7.  Covenants of the Company.    The Company covenants that: 
  
 (a)  The Company will not, by amendment of its charter documents or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issuance or sale of
securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the performance of any of the terms of this Agreement, but will at all times in good faith take all necessary action to carry out all such terms. 
  
 (b)  As long as any Put Option remains effective and unexercised, as a whole or in part, the Company will not
(i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise), transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Pegasus Securities or the assets of Pegasus or (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any pledge,
mortgage, lien, charge, encumbrance or security interest with respect to any of the Pegasus Securities or the assets of Pegasus or the proceeds thereof other than that created hereby. 
  
 (c)  Without the written consent of Grantees holding at least two-thirds of Shares then outstanding, the Company will not, prior to the Expiration
Date, permit, authorize or cause (i) the sale, transfer or other disposition of the Pegasus Securities owned by the Company, (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of any material asset of, or the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of, Pegasus to any other person(s) or entity(ies) (including, but not limited to, any license of Pegasus’ intellectual property rights), (iii) the consolidation with or merger into any other person or entity or
permit any such person or entity to consolidate with or merge into Pegasus, (iv) Pegasus to incur indebtedness of any nature, or (v) except as set forth in section 7(f) below, Pegasus to issue any additional shares of capital stock or sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock held in treasury to any person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Pegasus may sub-license its intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the
five-year business plan that has been provided to the Grantees. 
  
 (d)  The Company shall
promptly (i) notify the Grantees of any event of which the Company becomes aware causing material loss or depreciation in the value of the Pegasus Securities or assets of Pegasus, (ii) deliver to the Grantees all written notices received by the

 

 56 

  
 Company with respect to the Pegasus Securities and (iii) pay promptly when due
all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies on the Pegasus Securities and assets of Pegasus. 
  
 (e)  At all times prior to the Expiration Date, the Company shall cause Pegasus to continue to operate under its five-year business plan and such business plan shall not be materially modified without the prior written
consent of Grantees holding at least two-thirds of Shares then outstanding. 
  
 (f)  If
Pegasus (i) has any capital requirements at any time prior to the Expiration Date, (ii) intends to repurchase or otherwise acquire the shares or other beneficial ownership interest of its minority stockholders or (iii) repay any of its outstanding
indebtedness, the Company shall fund such capital requirements, stock repurchase program or debt repayment program by making equity investments or contributions to Pegasus in exchange for securities of Pegasus and all such securities issued by
Pegasus shall be deemed to be “Pegasus Securities”, and the Company shall not permit or cause Pegasus to satisfy such capital requirements by any other means without the prior written consent of Grantees holding at least two-thirds of
Shares then outstanding. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of such investments or contributions by the Company shall be in the form of a loan or other form of indebtedness. 
  

8.  Representations and Warranties of the Company.    The Company hereby represents, warrants and agrees as
follows: 
  
 (a)  Subject only to this Agreement, the Company owns all right, title and
interest, of record and beneficial, in and to all of the Pegasus Securities as of the date hereof. The shares of Pegasus Securities set forth on Exhibit C hereto constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Pegasus of any
class held by the Company. The Pegasus Securities that are now outstanding have been duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Except for issuances of up to $500,000 of securities of Pegasus to Kennecott Energy Company, a Delaware
corporation, and except as disclosed on Disclosure Schedule 8(a), there are no outstanding options, warrants or rights to acquire any capital stock of any class of Pegasus, and there has not been approved by Pegasus and there is not now
pending any issuance or sale by Pegasus of capital stock of any class. 
  
 (b)  The Pegasus
Shares are owned by the Company free and clear of any pledge, mortgage, hypothecation, lien, charge or encumbrance, or any security interest therein or in the proceeds thereof, except as provided by this Agreement for the benefit of the Grantees.

  
 (c)  The Company warrants and will defend the Grantees’ right, title and interest
in and to the Pegasus Securities and the proceeds thereof against the claims of any persons or entities. 
  
 9.  Remedies Cumulative.    The Company agrees that the rights, powers and remedies given to Grantees by this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Investors’ Rights Agreement are
cumulative and concurrent and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers, rights or remedies available to the Grantees, whether existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise and shall be in addition to every other right, power or
remedy provided in this Agreement or such other agreements or now or hereafter existing or in equity or by statute or 
 

 57 

  
 otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by the Grantees of any
one or more of such rights, powers and remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by the Grantees of any or all such other rights, powers and remedies. No failure on the part of the Grantees to exercise any right, power or remedy
shall operate as a waiver thereof. 
  
 10.  Miscellaneous. 
  
 (a)  Indemnification.    The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Grantee and its respective members, managers, partners, officers, directors, employees and agents from and against all losses, claims, expenses, judgments, damages and liabilities, including attorney fees and expert fees, which arise in connection
with or arise out of the breach of any representations, warranties, agreements and/or covenants of the Company contained in this Agreement. 
  
 (b)  Amendments and Waivers.    Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a
particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Grantees holding more than two-thirds of the then outstanding Shares. Any amendment or waiver effective in accordance with this
section 10(b) shall be binding upon each Grantee, his, her or its heirs, representatives or permitted assigns, and the Company and its heirs, representatives and permitted assigns. 
  
 (c)  Notices.    Any notice, consent, authorization or other communication to be given hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be deemed duly given and received when delivered personally or transmitted by facsimile transmission with receipt acknowledged by the addressee, three days after being mailed by first class mail, or the next business day after being
deposited for next-day delivery with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, charges and postage prepaid, properly addressed to the party to receive such notice at the address(es) specified on the signature page of this Agreement for the
Company and on Exhibit A for each Grantee (or at such other address as shall be specified by like notice). 
  
 (d)  Entire Agreement.    This Agreement and the other Related Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior negotiations, correspondence, term sheets, agreements
and understandings, written and oral, between or among the parties regarding the subject matter hereof. 
  
 (e)  Successors and Assigns.    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Nothing in
this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason
of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. 
  
 (f)  Severability.    If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be replaced with a provision
that accomplishes, to the extent possible, the original business purpose of such provision in a valid and enforceable manner, and the balance of the Agreement shall be 
 

 58 

  
 interpreted as if such provision were so modified and shall be enforceable in
accordance with its terms. 
  
 (g)  Governing Law.    This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws principles. 
  
 (h)  Attorneys’ Fees.    If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this
Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. 
  
 (i)  Interpretation.    This Agreement shall be construed according to its fair language. The rule of construction to
the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. 
  
 (j)  Further Assurances.    The Company agrees that at any time and from time to time, on written request of a Grantee, the Company will execute and deliver such
further documents and do such further acts and things as the Grantees reasonably requests to effect the purposes of this Agreement. 
  
 (k)  Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which together shall be
considered one and the same agreement. 
  
 (l)  Assignment.    The Company shall not assign this Agreement or any rights hereunder or delegate any duties hereunder. Any attempted or purported assignment or delegation in violation of the
preceding sentence shall be void. 
  
 (m)  Titles and
Subtitles.    The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. 
  
 [Signatures appear on the following page.] 
 

 59 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fourth Amended and Restated Put Agreement has been duly
executed by or on behalf of the parties as of the date first above written. 
  
 
	 THE COMPANY
 
	  
	 KFx INC
 
	  
	  
	 
	 By:
 	 	 

	 Print Name:
 	 	 

	 Title:
 	 	 

	  
 Address:     3300 East First Avenue, Suite
290
                    Denver, CO
80206
 Facsimile:   (303) 293-8430
  
 with a copy to:
  
 Leslie J. Goldman, Esq.
 Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
 1440 New York Avenue, N.W.
 Washington, DC
20005
 Facsimile: (202) 393-5719
 

 
  
  
 THE
GRANTEES: 
  
 
	 WESTCLIFF AGGRESSIVE GROWTH, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF ENERGY PARTNERS,
L.P.
 WESTCLIFF LONG/SHORT, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PARTNERS, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PUBLIC VENTURES FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF SMALL CAP FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PUBLIC VENTURES—KFx, L.P.
  
 By:    Westcliff Capital Management,
LLC
 Its:    General Partner
  
 By:
                                        
                                
 Richard S. Spencer III,
 Manager
 

 

 	 	 WESTCLIFF FOUNDATION
 WESTCLIFF MASTER FUND, L.P.
 WESTCLIFF PROFIT SHARING AND MONEY         PURCHASE PENSION PLAN
 CANCER CENTER
OF SANTA BARBARA
 PALM TRUST
 PARKER FOUNDATION
 UNIVERSITY OF SAN FRANCISCO
  
 By:    Westcliff Capital
Management, LLC
 Its:    Investment Adviser and Attorney-In-Fact
  
 By:
                                        
                            
 Richard S. Spencer III,
 Manager
 

 
 

 60 

  
 
	 RAM TRADING, LTD.
 	 	  	 	 NORANDA FINANCE, INC. RETIREMENT
PLAN FOR AFFILIATED COMPANIES TRUST
 
	 
	 By:
 Its:
  
 By:
 

 

 	 	 Ritchie Capital Management, LLC
 Investment Adviser
  
  
 
David Popovich,
 Chief Financial Officer
 	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Mellon Bank, N.A., solely in its capacity as Trustee for the Noranda Finance, Inc. Retirement Plan for Affiliated Companies Trust (as directed by Westcliff
Capital Management, LLC), and not in its individual capacity
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	  
 

	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Bernadette T. Rist
 Authorized
Signatory
 
	 
	 PENINSULA FUND, L.P.
 	 	  	 	 COMMON SENSE PARTNERS, L.P.
 
	 
	 By:
 Its:
  
  
 By:
 

 

 

 	 	 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 General Partner
  
  
  
 
Scott
Bedford,
 President
 	 	  	 	 By:
 Its:
  
  
 By:
 

 

 

 	 	 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 Investment Adviser
  
  
  
 
Scott Bedford,
 President
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 By:
 Its:
  
  
 By:
 

 

 

 	 	 Common Sense Investment Management, LLC
 General Partner
  
  
  
 
Scott A. Thompson,
 Director and Senior Vice President Finance

 
 

 61 

  
  
 EXHIBIT A 
  
 SCHEDULE OF GRANTEES 
  
  
 
	 Name of Grantee, Address and Facsimile Number
 

	 Westcliff Aggressive Growth, L.P.
 Westcliff Energy Partners, L.P.
 Westcliff Long/Short, L.P.
 Westcliff Partners, L.P.
 Westcliff Public
Ventures Fund, L.P.
 Westcliff Public Ventures—KFx, L.P.
 Westcliff Small Cap Fund, L.P.
 Westcliff Foundation
 Westcliff Master Fund, L.P.
 Westcliff
Profit Sharing And Money Purchase Pension Plan
Cancer Center Of Santa Barbara
 Palm Trust
 Parker Foundation
 University Of San
Francisco
 c/o Westcliff Capital Management, LLC
 200 Seventh Avenue, Suite 105
 Santa Cruz, CA 95062
 Fax: (831) 479-3642
 
	 
	 Noranda Finance, Inc. Retirement Plan for Affiliated Companies Trust
 c/o Mellon Bank, N.A.
 One Mellon Bank
Center
 Pittsburgh, PA 15258-0001
  
 Attention: Bernadette T. Rist
 
	 
	 Peninsula Fund, L.P.
 c/o Scott Bedford
 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 One Sansome Street, Suite 3134
 San Francisco, CA 94104
 
	 
	 Common Sense Partners, L.P.
 c/o Scott Bedford
 Peninsula Capital Management, Inc.
 One Sansome Street, Suite 3134
 San
Francisco, CA 94104
 

 
 

 62 

  
 
	 Ram Trading, Ltd.
 c/o David Popovich
 Ritchie Capital Management, LLC
 210 East State Street
 Batavia, IL 60510
 

 
  
 For any notice to a Westcliff-related entity, send a copy to:

  
 John F. Milani, Esq. 
 Shartsis, Friese & Ginsburg LLP 
 One Maritime Plaza, 18th Floor 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 
 Fax: (415)
421-2922 
 

 63 

 EXHIBIT B 
  
 PUT EXERCISE NOTICE 
 BY GRANTEE OF 
 PUT
OPTION GRANTED BY 
 KFx INC. 
  
 KFx Inc. 
 3300 East First Avenue, Suite 290 
 Denver, CO 80206 
  
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
  
 Pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Put Agreement, dated as of
August 21, 2002, among KFx Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the undersigned and other purchasers of Common Stock of the Company (the “Stock”), granting to me a put option (the “Put Option”) to require the
Company to purchase up to an aggregate of                  shares of my Stock on the terms and conditions and at the times set forth therein and at the Put Payment Price
(as defined in the Put Agreement), I hereby exercise the Put Option with respect to                  shares of my Stock. 
  
 
	 Very truly yours,
 
	 
	 

	 Signature
 
	 
	 

	 Typed or Printed Name
 
	 
	 

	 Social Security Number
 

 
  
 Dated:
                , 200   
 

 64 

 EXHIBIT C 
  
 PEGASUS SECURITIES 
  
 Notes Payable 
 
	 
	  	  	  	  
	 Due on Demand, including interest
 	  	 $
 	 7,971,221
 
	 Additional advances projected for the balance of 2002
 	  	  
 	 500,000
 
	  	  	 
	 

	 Total present and projected advances to Pegasus
 	  	 $
 	 8,471,221
 
	  	  	 
	 

 
  
 Preferred Stock—Series C 
  

2,798,161 Shares 
  
 Common Stock

  
 11,177,563 Shares 
  
 Warrants 
  
 
	 1,805,000 Shares
 	  	  
	 Exercise Price
 	  	 $1.07 per share
 
	 Expiration Date
 	  	 February 26, 2004 (475,000 shares)
 
	  	  	 December 5, 2004 (855,000 shares)
 
	  	  	 January 10, 2005 (475,000 shares)
 

 
 

 65 

 SCHEDULE A 
  
 ADDITIONAL INVESTORS 
  
 
	 Additional Investor
 Name and Address
 
	    	 Shares of
 Common Stock
 
	  	 Shares of
 Common Stock
 Issuable On
 Exercise of the
 Warrant
 
	  	 Aggregate
 Investment
 Amount
 

	 Westcliff Public Ventures—KFx, L.P.
 200 Seventh Avenue, Suite 105
 Santa Cruz, CA 95062
 Fax: (831) 479-3642
 	    	 464,000
 	  	 986,000
 	  	 $
 	 1,160,000.00
 
	 Westcliff Energy Partners, L.P.
 200 Seventh Avenue, Suite 105
 Santa Cruz, CA 95062
 Fax: (831) 479-3642
 	    	 36,000
 	  	 76,500
 	  	 $
 	 90,000.00
 
	  	    	 
	  	 
	  	 
	 

	 TOTAL
 	    	 500,000
 	  	 1,062,500
 	  	 $
 	 1,250,000.00
 
	  	    	 
	  	 
	  	 
	 

 
 

 66 

  
 SCHEDULE B 
  
 EXISTING INVESTORS 
  
 Westcliff Aggressive Growth, L.P. 
 Westcliff Energy Partners, L.P. 
 Westcliff Long/Short, L.P. 
 Westcliff
Partners, L.P. 
 Westcliff Public Ventures Fund, L.P. 
 Westcliff Public Ventures—KFx, L.P. 
 Westcliff Small Cap Fund, L.P. 

Westcliff Foundation 
 Westcliff Master
Fund, L.P. 
 Westcliff Profit Sharing and Money Purchase Pension Plan 
 Cancer Center of Santa Barbara 
 Palm Trust 
 Parker Foundation 
 University of San
Francisco 
 Noranda Finance, Inc. Retirement Plan 
 RAM Trading, Ltd. 
 Peninsula Fund, L.P. 
 Common Sense Partners, L.P. 
  
 

 67Prepared by R.R. Donnelley Financial -- Revolving Credit Agreement

Table of Contents

 Exhibit 10 (x) 
  
 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT 
  
 dated as of May 1, 2002 
  
 among 
  
 NDCHEALTH CORPORATION 
 as Borrower 
  
 THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO 
  
 SUNTRUST BANK 
 as Administrative Agent 
  
 BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 as Syndication Agent 
  
 WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as Co-Documentation Agent 
  
 and 
  
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 as Co-Documentation Agent 
  
 
 
 SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY CAPITAL MARKETS, 
 a
division of SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. 
 as Lead Arranger 

Table of Contents

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  
 
	  	  	 Page
 

	 ARTICLE I
 	  	  
	 
	 
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
 	  	 1
 
	 
	 
SECTION 1.1.  Definitions
 	  	 1
 
	 
SECTION 1.2.  Classifications of Loans and Borrowings 
 	  	 21
 
	 
SECTION 1.3.  Accounting Terms and Determination 
 	  	 21
 
	 
SECTION 1.4.  Terms Generally 
 	  	 21
 
	 
	 ARTICLE II
 	  	  
	 
	 
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS 
 	  	 22
 
	 
	 
SECTION 2.1.  General Description of Facilities 
 	  	 22
 
	 
SECTION 2.2.  Revolving Loans 
 	  	 22
 
	 
SECTION 2.3.  Procedure for Revolving Borrowings 
 	  	 22
 
	 
SECTION 2.4.  Swingline Commitment 
 	  	 23
 
	 
SECTION 2.5.  [Reserved] 
 	  	 23
 
	 
SECTION 2.6.  Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Etc. 
 	  	 23
 
	 
SECTION 2.7.  Funding of Borrowings 
 	  	 24
 
	 
SECTION 2.8.  Interest Elections 
 	  	 25
 
	 
SECTION 2.9.  Optional Reduction and Termination of Commitments 
 	  	 26
 
	 
SECTION 2.10.  Repayment of Loans 
 	  	 27
 
	 
SECTION 2.11.  Evidence of Indebtedness 
 	  	 27
 
	 
SECTION 2.12.  Optional Prepayments 
 	  	 27
 
	 
SECTION 2.13.  Mandatory Prepayments 
 	  	 28
 
	 
SECTION 2.14.  Interest on Loans 
 	  	 29
 
	 
SECTION 2.15.  Fees 
 	  	 30
 
	 
SECTION 2.16.  Computation of Interest and Fees 
 	  	 30
 
	 
SECTION 2.17.  Inability to Determine Interest Rates 
 	  	 31
 
	 
SECTION 2.18.  Illegality 
 	  	 31
 
	 
SECTION 2.19.  Increased Costs 
 	  	 32
 
	 
SECTION 2.20.  Funding Indemnity 
 	  	 33
 
	 
SECTION 2.21.  Taxes 
 	  	 33
 
	 
SECTION 2.22.  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs 
 	  	 36
 
	 
SECTION 2.23.  Mitigation of Obligations 
 	  	 37
 
	 
SECTION 2.24.  Letters of Credit 
 	  	 38
 
	 
	 ARTICLE III
 	  	  
	 
	 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT 
 	  	 42
 
	 
	 
SECTION 3.1.  Conditions To Effectiveness 
 	  	 42
 
	 
SECTION 3.2.  Each Credit Event 
 	  	 44
 
	 
SECTION 3.3.  Delivery of Documents 
 	  	 44
 
	 
	 ARTICLE IV
 	  	  
	 
	 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
 	  	 45
 

 

Table of Contents

 
	 
SECTION 4.1.  Existence; Power 
 	  	 45
 
	 
SECTION 4.2.  Organizational Power; Authorization 
 	  	 45
 
	 
SECTION 4.3.  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts 
 	  	 45
 
	 
SECTION 4.4.  Financial Statements 
 	  	 45
 
	 
SECTION 4.5.  Litigation and Environmental Matters 
 	  	 46
 
	 
SECTION 4.6.  Compliance with Laws and Agreements 
 	  	 46
 
	 
SECTION 4.7.  Investment Company Act, Etc. 
 	  	 46
 
	 
SECTION 4.8.  Taxes 
 	  	 46
 
	 
SECTION 4.9.  Margin Regulations 
 	  	 47
 
	 
SECTION 4.10.  ERISA 
 	  	 47
 
	 
SECTION 4.11.  Ownership of Property 
 	  	 47
 
	 
SECTION 4.12.  Disclosure 
 	  	 48
 
	 
SECTION 4.13.  Labor Relations 
 	  	 48
 
	 
SECTION 4.14.  Subordination of Subordinated Debt 
 	  	 48
 
	 
SECTION 4.15.  Subsidiaries 
 	  	 48
 
	 
SECTION 4.16.  Insolvency 
 	  	 48
 
	 
	 ARTICLE V
 	  	  
	 
	 
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 
 	  	 49
 
	 
	 
SECTION 5.1.  Financial Statements and Other Information 
 	  	 49
 
	 
SECTION 5.2.  Notices of Material Events 
 	  	 50
 
	 
SECTION 5.3.  Existence; Conduct of Business 
 	  	 50
 
	 
SECTION 5.4.  Compliance with Laws, Etc. 
 	  	 51
 
	 
SECTION 5.5.  Payment of Obligations 
 	  	 51
 
	 
SECTION 5.6.  Books and Records 
 	  	 51
 
	 
SECTION 5.7.  Visitation, Inspection, Etc. 
 	  	 51
 
	 
SECTION 5.8.  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance 
 	  	 51
 
	 
SECTION 5.9.  Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit 
 	  	 52
 
	 
SECTION 5.10.  Additional Material Subsidiaries 
 	  	 52
 
	 
	 ARTICLE VI
 	  	  
	 
	 
FINANCIAL COVENANTS 
 	  	 54
 
	 
	 
SECTION 6.1.  Leverage Ratio 
 	  	 54
 
	 
SECTION 6.2.  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio 
 	  	 55
 
	 
SECTION 6.3.  Minimum Consolidated Net Worth 
 	  	 55
 
	 
SECTION 6.4.  Capital Expenditures 
 	  	 55
 
	 
	 ARTICLE VII
 	  	  
	 
	 
NEGATIVE COVENANTS 
 	  	 55
 
	 
	 
SECTION 7.1.  Indebtedness. 
 	  	 55
 
	 
SECTION 7.2.  Negative Pledge 
 	  	 56
 
	 
SECTION 7.3.  Fundamental Changes 
 	  	 58
 
	 
SECTION 7.4.  Investments, Loans, Etc. 
 	  	 58
 
	 
SECTION 7.5.  Restricted Payments 
 	  	 60
 
	 
SECTION 7.6.  Sale of Assets 
 	  	 60
 
	 
SECTION 7.7.  Transactions with Affiliates 
 	  	 60
 
	 
SECTION 7.8.  Restrictive Agreements 
 	  	 60
 
	 
SECTION 7.9.  Sale and Leaseback Transactions 
 	  	 61
 
	 
SECTION 7.10.  Hedging Transactions. 
 	  	 61
 
	 
SECTION 7.11.  Amendment to Material Documents 
 	  	 61
 

 

Table of Contents

  
 
	 
SECTION 7.12.  Subordinated Indebtedness 
 	  	 62
 
	 
SECTION 7.13.  Accounting Changes 
 	  	 62
 
	 
	 ARTICLE VIII
 	  	  
	 
	 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT 
 	  	 62
 
	 
	 
SECTION 8.1.  Events of Default 
 	  	 62
 
	 
	 ARTICLE IX
 	  	  
	 
	 
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 
 	  	 65
 
	 
	 
SECTION 9.1.  Appointment of Administrative Agent 
 	  	 65
 
	 
SECTION 9.2.  Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent 
 	  	 65
 
	 
SECTION 9.3.  Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent 
 	  	 66
 
	 
SECTION 9.4.  Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent 
 	  	 66
 
	 
SECTION 9.5.  Reliance by Administrative Agent 
 	  	 67
 
	 
SECTION 9.6.  The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity 
 	  	 67
 
	 
SECTION 9.7.  Successor Administrative Agent 
 	  	 67
 
	 
SECTION 9.8.  Authorization to Execute other Loan Documents. 
 	  	 68
 
	 
	 ARTICLE X
 	  	  
	 
	 
MISCELLANEOUS 
 	  	 68
 
	 
	 
SECTION 10.1.  Notices 
 	  	 68
 
	 
SECTION 10.2.  Waiver; Amendments 
 	  	 69
 
	 
SECTION 10.3.  Expenses; Indemnification 
 	  	 70
 
	 
SECTION 10.4.  Successors and Assigns 
 	  	 73
 
	 
SECTION 10.5.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 
 	  	 75
 
	 
SECTION 10.6.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 
 	  	 76
 
	 
SECTION 10.7.  Right of Setoff 
 	  	 76
 
	 
SECTION 10.8.  Counterparts; Integration 
 	  	 77
 
	 
SECTION 10.9.  Survival 
 	  	 77
 
	 
SECTION 10.10.  Severability 
 	  	 77
 
	 
SECTION 10.11.  Confidentiality 
 	  	 77
 
	 
SECTION 10.12.  Interest Rate Limitation 
 	  	 78
 
	 
SECTION 10.13.  Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal 
 	  	 78
 

 

Table of Contents

 
	 Schedules
 	 	  	 	  
	 
	 Schedule I
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Applicable Margin and Applicable Percentage
 
	 Schedule 4.1
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Qualified Jurisdictions
 
	 Schedule 4.14
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Subsidiaries
 
	 Schedule 7.1
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Existing Indebtedness
 
	 Schedule 7.2
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Existing Liens
 
	 Schedule 7.4
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Existing Investments
 
	 Schedule 7.7
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Transactions with Affiliates
 
	 
	 Exhibits
 	 	  	 	  
	 
	 Exhibit A
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Revolving Credit Note
 
	 Exhibit B
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Swingline Note
 
	 Exhibit C
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Assignment and Acceptance
 
	 Exhibit D
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement
 
	 Exhibit E
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement
 
	 
	 Exhibit 2.3
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Notice of Revolving Borrowing
 
	 Exhibit 2.5
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Notice of Swingline Borrowing
 
	 Exhibit 2.8
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Continuation/Conversion
 
	 Exhibit 3.1(b)(iv)
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Secretary’s Certificate
 
	 Exhibit 3.1(b)(vii)
 	 	 —  
 	 	 Form of Officer’s Certificate
 

 
  
 

 iv 

Table of Contents

  
 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT 
  

THIS REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of
May 1, 2002, by and among NDCHEALTH CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party hereto (the “Lenders”), SUNTRUST BANK, in its
capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (the “Administrative Agent”), as Issuing Bank (the “Issuing Bank”), and as Swingline Lender (the “Swingline Lender”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Syndication Agent (the “Syndication Agent”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Co-Documentation Agents (the “Co-Documentation Agents”). 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
  
 WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested (a) that the Lenders establish a $150,000,000 revolving credit facility, (b) that the Issuing Bank establish a $10,000,000 letter of credit subcommitment, and (c) that the
Swingline Lender establish a $10,000,000 swingline subcommitment, all in favor of the Borrower; 
  
 WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders severally, to the extent of their respective Commitments as defined herein, are willing to severally establish the requested revolving credit
facility, the letter of credit subcommitment and the swingline subcommitment for the benefit of the Borrower. 
  
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender agree as
follows: 
  
 ARTICLE I 
  
 
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION 
  
 
SECTION 1.1.    Definitions.    In addition to the other terms defined herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein
specified (to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined): 
  
 “Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) acquires any going business or all
or substantially all of the assets of any firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise, or (ii) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the
most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason
of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage or voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company. 

Table of Contents

  
 “Adjusted LIBO Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Interest
Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate per annum obtained by dividing (i) LIBOR for such Interest Period by (ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage. 
  

“Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the opening paragraph hereof. 
  
 “Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in the form
prepared by the Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent duly completed by such Lender. 
  
 “Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person. 

 
 “Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount” shall mean the aggregate principal amount of the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments from time to time. On the Closing Date, the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount equals $150,000,000. 
  
 “Aggregate Revolving Commitments” shall mean, collectively, all Revolving Commitments of all Lenders at any time outstanding. 
  
 “Aggregate Subsidiary Threshold” means an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the total consolidated revenue or assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recent
fiscal quarter as shown on the financial statements most recently delivered or required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b), as the case may be. 
  
 “Applicable Lending Office” shall mean, for each Lender and for each Type of Loan, the “Lending Office” of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such
Lender) designated for such Type of Loan in the Administrative Questionnaire submitted by such Lender or such other office of such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative Agent and
the Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and maintained. 
  
 “Applicable
Margin” shall mean, with respect to all Revolving Loans outstanding on any date, a percentage per annum determined by reference to the applicable Leverage Ratio in effect on such date as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto;
provided, that a change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective on the second day after which the Borrower is required to deliver the financial statements required by Section 5.1(a) or
(b) and the compliance certificate required by Section 5.1 (c); provided further, that if at any time the Borrower shall have failed to deliver such financial statements and such certificate, the Applicable Margin shall be at
Level IV as set forth on Schedule I until such time as such financial statements and certificate are delivered, at which time the Applicable Margin shall be determined as provided above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable Margin
from the Closing Date until the delivery to the Administrative Agent of Borrower’s financial statements for the Fiscal Year ending May 31, 2002, pursuant to Section 5.1(a) hereof shall be at Level III as set forth on Schedule I.

 

 2 

Table of Contents

  
 “Applicable Percentage” shall mean, with respect to the
commitment fee or the letter of credit fee, as the case may be, as of any date, the percentage per annum determined by reference to the applicable Leverage Ratio in effect on such date as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto;
provided, that a change in the Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective on the second day after which the Borrower is required to deliver the financial statements required by Section 5.1(a)
or (b) and the compliance certificate required by Section 5.1 (c); provided, further, that if at any time the Borrower shall have failed to deliver such financial statements and such certificate, the Applicable Percentage shall be at
Level IV as set forth on Schedule I until such time as such financial statements and certificate are delivered, at which time the Applicable Percentage shall be determined as provided above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Applicable
Percentage for both the commitment fee and the letter of credit fee from the Closing Date until the delivery to the Administrative Agent of Borrower’s financial statements for the Fiscal Year ending May 31, 2002, pursuant to Section
5.1(a) hereof shall be at Level III as set forth on Schedule I. 
  
 “Applicable Pledge
Amount” shall mean, in respect of the amount of Capital Stock of a First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary to be pledged to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank and Administrative
Agent, pursuant to a Pledge Agreement, the lesser of (i) 65% of all outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, and (ii) the total amount of all outstanding capital Stock of such subsidiary owned by the Borrower and its other Subsidiaries.

  
 “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in
making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an
Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. 
  
 “Asset Sale” shall mean the sale
(including any transaction that has the economic effect of a sale), transfer or other disposition (by way of merger or otherwise, including sales in connection with a sale and leaseback transaction, or as a result of any condemnation or casualty in
respect of property) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, of (i) any capital stock of any Subsidiary, or (ii) any other assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than inventory,
obsolete or worn out assets, scrap, and Permitted Investments, in each case disposed of in the ordinary course of business), except sales, transfers or other dispositions of any assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions having a
value not in excess of $50,000. 
  
 “Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and
acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.4(b)) and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto or any other form
approved by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Availability Period” shall mean the period from the
Closing Date to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. 
 

 3 

Table of Contents

  
 “Base Rate” shall mean the higher of (i) the per annum rate
which the Administrative Agent publicly announces from time to time to be its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, as in effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent (0.50%). The
Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate charged to customers. The Administrative Agent may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or
below the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate. Each change in the Administrative Agent’s prime lending rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective. 
  
 “Borrower” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph hereof. 
  
 “Borrowing” shall mean a borrowing consisting of (i) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on
the same date and in case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (ii) a Swingline Loan. 
  
 “Business Day” shall mean (i) any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by law to close and (ii) if such day relates to a Borrowing
of, a payment or prepayment of principal or interest on, a conversion of or into, or an Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Loan or a notice with respect to any of the foregoing, any day on which dealings in Dollars are carried on in the London
interbank market. 
  
 “Capital Expenditures” shall mean for any period, without duplication, (a) the
additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are (or would be) set forth on a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower for such period prepared in accordance with
GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period. 
  
 “Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person shall mean all obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in
accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” shall mean any nonredeemable Capital Stock (or in the case
of a partnership or limited liability company, the partners’ or members’ equivalent equity interest) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (to the extent issued to a Person other than the Borrower), whether common or preferred.

  
 “Carryover Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4. 

 
 “Cash Taxes” shall mean, for any period, Taxes relating to income paid by the Consolidated Companies during
such period. 
 

 4 

Table of Contents

  
 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of
the following events: (a) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower to any Person or “group” (within the meaning of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder in effect on the date hereof), (b) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or
“group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) of 35% or more of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the
Borrower; or (c) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the current board of directors or (ii) appointed by directors so nominated.

  
 “Change in Law” shall mean (i) the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation after the
date of this Agreement, (ii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof, by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement, or (iii) compliance by any Lender (or its
Applicable Lending Office) or the Issuing Bank (or for purposes of Section 2.19(b), by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if applicable) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of
law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement. 
  
 “Class”,
when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans and when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a
Revolving Commitment, or a Swingline Commitment. 
  
 “Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the
conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.2. 
  
 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. 
  
 “Commitment” shall mean a Revolving Commitment or a Swingline Commitment or any combination thereof (as the context shall permit or require). 
  
 “Consolidated EBITDA” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, an amount equal to the sum of (a)
Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, but without duplication, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, (iii) depreciation and
amortization and (iv) all other non-cash charges; provided, however, that such non-cash charges shall be limited in amount to $10,000,000, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP in each case for such period.

  
 “Consolidated EBITR” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, an amount
equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, but without
 
 

 5 

Table of Contents

 
duplication, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, and (iii) Consolidated Lease Expense. 
  
 “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period, and (b) Consolidated Lease Expense for such period. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest
Expense” shall mean, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of (i) total cash interest expense, including without limitation the interest component of any
payments in respect of Capital Leases Obligations capitalized or expensed during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) plus (ii) the net amount payable (or minus the net amount receivable) under Hedging Transactions
during such period (whether or not actually paid or received during such period). 
  
 “Consolidated Lease
Expense” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate amount of fixed and contingent rentals payable during such period by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to leases of real and personal property (excluding Capital Lease
Obligations) with a term of one year or more determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for such period. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding therefrom
(to the extent otherwise included therein) (i) any extraordinary gains or losses, (ii) any gains attributable to write-ups of assets and (iii) any equity interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in the unremitted earnings of any
Person that is not a Subsidiary and (iv) any income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary on the date that such Person’s assets are
acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary. 
  
 “Consolidated Net Worth” shall mean, as of any date,
(i) the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that would be reflected on the Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet as of such date prepared in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating all amounts properly attributable to minority
interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of Subsidiaries, minus the sum of (i) the total liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that would be reflected on the Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet as of such date prepared in
accordance with GAAP and (ii) the amount of any write-up in the book value of any assets resulting from a revaluation thereof or any write-up in excess of the cost of such assets acquired reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
as of such date prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Consolidated Total Debt” shall mean, as of
any date of determination, all Indebtedness (other than obligations under Hedging Transactions) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding Guarantees of any such Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness is already included
in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt). 
 

 6 

Table of Contents

  
 “Contractual Obligation” of any Person shall mean any provision
of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or undertaking under which such Person is obligated or by which it or any of the property in which it has an interest is bound. 
  
 “Control” shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, either to (i) vote 5% or more of securities having ordinary
voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of a Person or (ii) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or
otherwise. The terms “Controlling”, “Controlled by”, and “under common Control with” have meanings correlative thereto. 
  
 “Convertible Notes” shall mean the unsecured subordinated convertible notes in the principal amount of $143,750,000 issued by the Borrower to the
Subordinated Noteholders on November 6, 1996 pursuant to the Indenture. 
  
 “Current CapEx” shall
have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4. 
  
 “Default” shall mean any condition or event
that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default. 
  
 “Default Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(c). 
  
 “Dollar(s)” and the sign “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America. 
  
 “Domestic Operating Subsidiary” shall mean an Operating Subsidiary organized under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, or the federal laws of the United States
of America. 
  
 “Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an
Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural Person) approved by the Administrative Agent and unless (x) such Person is taking delivery of an assignment in connection with physical settlement of a credit derivatives transaction or
(y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If the consent of the Borrower to an assignment or to an Eligible Assignment is required hereunder
(including a consent to an assignment which does not meet the minimum assignment thresholds specified in paragraph (b)(i) of Section 10.4), the Borrower shall be deemed to have given its consent five (5) Business Days after the date notice
thereof has actually been delivered by the assigning Lender (through the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower, unless such consent is expressly refused by the Borrower prior to such fifth Business Day. 
  
 “Environmental Laws” shall mean all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions,
notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of any
Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters. 
 

 7 

Table of Contents

  
 “Environmental Liability” shall mean any liability, contingent
or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental investigation and remediation, costs of administrative oversight, fines, natural resource damages, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or
indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) any actual or alleged exposure to
any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

  
 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to
time, and any successor statute. 
  
 “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or
not incorporated), which, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for the purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code. 
  
 “ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as
defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding
deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard
with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or
a plan administrator appointed by the PBGC of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with
respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any
notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA. 
  
 “Eurodollar” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such
Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate. 
  
 “Eurodollar
Reserve Percentage” shall mean the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental, special or other marginal reserves) expressed as a decimal (rounded upwards to the next 1/100th of
1%) in effect on any day to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate pursuant to regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of
its principal functions) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities” under Regulation D). Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such

 

 8 

Table of Contents

 
reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D. The Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage. 
  
 “Event of Default” shall have the meaning provided in Article VIII. 
  
 “Excluded Taxes” shall mean with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a)
income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any
Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Lender is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign
Lender, any withholding tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, (ii) is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at any time that such Foreign
Lender designates a new lending office, other than taxes that have accrued prior to the designation of such lending office that are otherwise not Excluded Taxes, and (iii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with
Section 2.19(e). 
  
 “Existing Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain Credit Agreement
dated as of January 31, 2001, among Borrower, the lenders party thereto, Bank One, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender, and letter of credit issuer, as the same has been amended and is in effect as of the Closing Date. 

 
 “Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next
1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next
succeeding Business Day or if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1% of the quotations for such day on such transactions
received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary” shall mean a Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary, the majority of whose Capital Stock is owned by the Borrower and/or its Domestic Operating Subsidiaries. 

 
 “Fiscal Year” shall mean a fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; references to a Fiscal Year with
a number corresponding to any calendar year (e.g., the “Fiscal Year 2000”) refers to the Fiscal Year ending during such calendar year. 
  
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITR for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date to (b)
Consolidated Fixed Charges for such four fiscal quarter period. 
 

 9 

Table of Contents

 “Foreign Lender” shall mean any Lender that is not a United States person under Section 7701(a)(3) of
the Code. 
  
 “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.3. 
  
 “Governmental
Authority” shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other
entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. 
  
 “Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) shall mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of
guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly and including any obligation, direct or indirect, of the guarantor (a) to purchase or pay
(or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities
or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as
to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued in support of such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term
“Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposits in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in
respect of which Guarantee is made or, if not so stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith. The term
“Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Hazardous Materials” shall
mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas,
infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person shall mean any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired under (i) any and all Hedging
Transactions, (ii) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Hedging Transactions and (iii) any and all renewals, extensions and modifications of any Hedging Transactions and any and all substitutions for
any Hedging Transactions. 
  
 “Hedging Transaction” of any Person shall mean any transaction
(including an agreement with respect thereto) now existing or hereafter entered into between such Person and any Lender or Affiliate of any Lender that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction,
 
 

 10 

Table of Contents

 
commodity swap, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collateral transaction, forward transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate
swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or any combination thereof, whether linked to one or more interest rates, foreign currencies, commodity prices,
equity prices or other financial measures. 
  
 “Indebtedness” of any Person shall mean, without
duplication (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price
of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided, that for purposes of Section 8.1(g), trade payables overdue by more than 150 days shall be included in this definition except to
the extent that any of such trade payables are being disputed in good faith and by appropriate measures), (iv) all obligations of such Person under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement(s) relating to property acquired by such
Person, (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (vi) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar extensions of credit, (vii) all Guarantees of such Person of the type of
Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, (viii) all Indebtedness of a third party secured by any Lien on property owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person, (ix) all obligations of such
Person, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any common stock of such Person, (x) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities (xi) all Hedging Obligations. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the
Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent that the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. 
  
 “Indemnified Taxes” shall mean Taxes other than Excluded Taxes. 
  

“Indemnity and Contribution Agreement” shall mean the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement dated May 1, 2002, substantially in the form
of Exhibit E, among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement Supplement” shall mean each supplement substantially in the form of Annex I to Exhibit E executed and delivered by a Domestic Operating Subsidiary of
the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.10. 
  
 “Indenture” means the trust indenture dated as of
November 6, 1996, between National Data Corporation and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee, pursuant to which National Data Corporation issued its Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2003 in an aggregate principal amount of $143,750,000.

  
  “Information Memorandum” shall mean the Confidential Information
Memorandum dated March 2002, relating to the Borrower and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 
  
 “Interest Period” shall mean with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, a period of one, two, three or six months; provided, that: 
 

 11 

Table of Contents

  
 (i)  the initial Interest Period for such Borrowing
shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of another Type), and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding
Interest Period expires; 
  
 (ii)  if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period would end on the next preceding Business Day;

  
 (iii)  any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or
on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month; 
  
 (iv)  no Interest Period may extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. 
  
 “Issuing Bank” shall mean SunTrust Bank or any other Lender, each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.24.

  
 “LC Commitment” shall mean that portion of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments that may be used
by the Borrower for the issuance of Letters of Credit in an aggregate face amount not to exceed $10,000,000. 
  
 “LC Disbursement” shall mean a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit. 
  
 “LC Documents” shall mean the Letters of Credit and all applications, agreements and instruments relating to the Letters of Credit. 
  
 “LC Exposure” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender shall be its Pro Rata Share of the total LC Exposure at such time. 
  
 “Lenders” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the opening paragraph of this Agreement and shall include,
where appropriate, the Swingline Lender. 
  
 “Letter of Credit” shall mean any letter of credit
issued pursuant to Section 2.24 by the Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower pursuant to the LC Commitment. 
  
 “Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (ii) Pro Forma EBITDA, measured for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date.

  
 “LIBOR” shall mean, for any applicable Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the
British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate per annum for
 
 

 12 

Table of Contents

 
deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period appearing on the display designated as Page 3750 on the Telerate Screen (or such other page on that service or such other service
designated by the British Banker’s Association for the display of such Association’s Interest Settlement Rates for Dollar deposits) as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the day that is two Business Days prior to the first day of the
Interest Period or if such Page 3750 is unavailable for any reason at such time, the rate which appears on the Reuters Screen ISDA Page as of such date and such time; provided, that if the Administrative Agent determines that the relevant
foregoing sources are unavailable for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR shall mean the rate of interest determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) of the rates per annum at
which deposits in Dollars are offered to the Administrative Agent two (2) Business Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period by leading banks in the London interbank market as of 10:00 a.m. for delivery on the first day of such Interest
Period, for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Eurodollar Loan of the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, encumbrance, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, or other arrangement
having the practical effect of the foregoing or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital
lease having the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). 
  
 “Loan Documents” shall mean,
collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreements, the Pledge Agreements, LC Documents, the Indemnity and Contribution Agreement, all Notices of Borrowing, all Notices of Conversion/Continuation, the Subordination
Agreement and any and all other instruments, agreements, documents and writings executed in connection with any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Loan Parties” shall mean the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties. 
  
 “Loans” shall mean all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans in the aggregate or any of them, as the context shall require. 
  
 “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to any event, act, condition or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or
governmental investigation or proceeding), whether singularly or in conjunction with any other event or events, act or acts, condition or conditions, occurrence or occurrences whether or not related, a material adverse change in, or a material
adverse effect on, (i) the business, results of operations, financial condition, assets, liabilities or prospects of the Borrower and of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Loan Parties to perform any of their
respective obligations under the Loan Documents, (iii) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank the Swingline Lender and the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents or (iv) the legality, validity or enforceability of any
of the Loan Documents. 
  
 “Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans and
Letters of Credit) or Hedging Obligations, of any one or more of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries individually or in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $1,000,000. For
 
 

 13 

Table of Contents

 
purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of any Hedging Obligations at any time shall be the Net Mark-to-Market Exposure of such Hedging Obligations at such
time. 
  
 “Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 
  
 “Multiemployer Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA. 
  
 “Net Mark-to-Market Exposure” of any Person shall mean, as of any date of determination with respect to any Hedging
Obligation, the excess (if any) of all unrealized losses over all unrealized profits of such Person arising from such Hedging Obligation. “Unrealized losses” shall mean the fair market value of the cost to such Person of replacing the
Hedging Transaction giving rise to such Hedging Obligation as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedging Transaction was to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the fair market value of the gain to such
Person of replacing such Hedging Transaction as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedging Transaction were to be terminated as of that date). 
  
 “Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary” shall mean any Operating Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Domestic Operating Subsidiary. 
  

“Notes” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swingline Note. 
  
 “Notices of Borrowing” shall mean, collectively, the Notices of Revolving Borrowing and the Notices of Swingline Borrowing. 
  
 “Notice of Conversion/Continuation” shall mean the notice given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in respect of
the conversion or continuation of an outstanding Borrowing as provided in Section 2.8(b) hereof. 
  
 “Notice of Revolving Borrowing” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.3. 
  
 “Notice of Swingline Borrowing” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.6. 
  
 “Obligations” shall mean all amounts owing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, including without limitation, all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower,
whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), all reimbursement obligations, fees, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of
counsel to the Administrative Agent and any Lender (including the Swingline Lender) incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, now existing or
hereafter arising
 
 

 14 

Table of Contents

 
hereunder or thereunder, and all Hedging Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their Affiliates incurred in order to limit interest rate or fee fluctuation with
respect to the Loans and Letters of Credit, and all obligations and liabilities incurred in connection with collecting and enforcing the foregoing, together with all renewals, extensions, modifications or refinancings thereof. 

 
 “Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities” of any Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such
Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (ii) any liability of such Person under any sale and leaseback transactions which do not create a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (iii) any liability of such
Person under any so-called “synthetic” lease transaction or (iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability
on the balance sheet of such Person. 
  
 “Operating Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the
Borrower that owns or acquires assets, including without limitation, Capital Stock issued by any other Person. 
  
 “Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution,
delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document. 
  
 “Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(c). 
  
 “Payment Office” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at 303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308, or such other location as to which the Administrative Agent shall have given written
notice to the Borrower and the other Lenders. 
  
 “PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA, and any successor entity performing similar functions. 
  
 “Permitted Encumbrances” shall mean 
  
 (i)  Liens imposed
by law for taxes or special assessments not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (ii)  statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens
imposed by law created in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

  
 (iii)  pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations; 
 

 15 

Table of Contents

  
 (iv)  deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (v)  judgment and attachment liens not giving rise to an Event of Default or Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding
that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP; and 
  
 (vi)  easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of
business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

  
 (vii)  provided, that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not
include any Lien securing Indebtedness other than hereunder. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” shall mean:

  
 (i)  direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

  
 (ii)  commercial paper having the highest rating, at the time of acquisition thereof,
of S&P or Moody’s and in either case maturing within six months from the date of acquisition thereof; 
  
 (iii)  certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or
offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; 
  
 (iv)  fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described
in clause (i) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (iii) above; and 
  
 (v)  mutual funds investing solely in any one or more of the Permitted Investments described in clauses (i) through (iv) above or, without duplication, in U.S. dollar-denominated money market
securities of domestic and foreign issuers rated in the highest category by at least two nationally recognized rating services or by one if only one rating service has rated a security, U.S. Government securities, repurchase agreements, and entering
into reserve repurchase agreements; it being further understood that mutual fund investments in unrated securities shall also be permitted, if determined to be of equivalent quality to rated securities meeting the aforesaid conditions by Fidelity
 
 

 16 

Table of Contents

 
Investments, FMR Corporation, Bank of America, N.A. or any similar, nationally recognized financial institution offering institutional money market funds. 
  
 “Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, limited liability
company, trust or other entity, or any Governmental Authority. 
  
 “Plan” shall mean any employee
pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were
terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA. 
  
 “Pledge Agreements” shall mean the pledge and security agreements made by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Applicable Pledge Amount of the Capital Stock of First Tier Non-U.S. Operating
Subsidiaries is pledged to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, Swingline Lender, Issuing Bank, and Administrative Agent, creating and granting a first priority pledge and Lien thereon, as required by Sections 3.1
and 5.10, all in the form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 “Pro Forma
EBITDA” means, for any fiscal period of the Borrower, the sum of Consolidated EBITDA for such period plus, to the extent not already reflected in Consolidated EBITDA for such period, but without duplication, EBITDA for such period of any
other Person or all or substantially all of the business or assets of any other Person or operating division or business unit of any other Person acquired in an Acquisition during such period. 
  

“Pro Rata Share” shall mean (i) with respect to any Commitment of any Lender at any time, a percentage, the numerator of which shall be such
Lender’s Commitment (or if such Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Loan funded under such Commitment), and the denominator of which shall be the sum of such
Commitments of all Lenders (or if such Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Loans of all Lenders funded under such Commitments), and (ii) with respect to all Commitments of any Lender
at any time, the numerator of which shall be the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment (or if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, such Lender’s Revolving
Loan) and the denominator of which shall be the sum of all Lenders’ Revolving Commitments (or if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated or expired or the Loans have been declared to be due and payable, all Revolving Loans).

  
 “Projections” shall mean the Borrower’s forecasted (a) balance sheets; (b) profit and loss
statements; and (c) cash flow statements; all prepared on a combined basis and otherwise consistent with the historical financial statements of the Borrower, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions
which are believed by the Borrower to be reasonable and fair in light of the current condition and past performance of the Borrower and to reflect a reasonable estimate of the projected balance sheets, results of operations, cash flows and other
information presented therein. 
 

 17 

Table of Contents

  
 “Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time, and any successor regulations. 
  
 “Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s
Affiliates. 
  
 “Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection,
pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or within any building, structure, facility or fixture. 

 
 “Required Lenders” shall mean, at any time, Lenders holding more than 51% of the aggregate outstanding
Revolving Loans and unused Revolving Commitments at such time or if the Lenders have no Revolving Loans outstanding, then Lenders holding more than 51% of the Commitments. 
  
 “Requirement of Law” for any Person shall mean the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of
such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulations, or determination of a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

  
 “Responsible Officer” shall mean any of the president, the chief executive officer, the chief
operating officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or a vice president of the Borrower or such other representative of the Borrower as may be designated in writing by any one of the foregoing with the consent of the Administrative Agent;
and, with respect to the financial covenants only, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Borrower. 
  
 “Restricted Payment” shall mean (i) any dividend or other distribution on any Capital Stock of the Borrower (except dividends payable solely in its Capital Stock), or (ii) any payment on account of the purchase,
redemption, retirement or acquisition of (a) any Capital Stock of the Borrower (except as acquired upon the conversion thereof into additional Capital Stock) or (b) any option, warrant or other right to acquire any Capital Stock of the Borrower.

  
 “Revolving Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to
make Revolving Loans to the Borrower and to participate in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the amount set forth with respect to such Lender on the signature pages to this Agreement, or in the case
of a Person becoming a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount of the assigned “Revolving Commitment” as provided in the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement executed by such Person as an assignee, as the same may be changed pursuant to
terms hereof. 
  
 “Revolving Commitment Termination Date” shall mean the earliest of (i) May 1,
2005, (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 2.9 and (iii) the date on which all amounts outstanding under this Agreement have been declared or have automatically become due and payable (whether by
acceleration or otherwise); provided,
 
 

 18 

Table of Contents

 
however, if by May 1, 2003, the obligations under the Convertible Notes have not been paid in full or if the Convertible Notes have not been amended such that they mature after May 1,
2005, then “Revolving Commitment Termination Date” shall mean the earliest of (i) May 1, 2003, (ii) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to Section 2.9 and (iii) the date on which all amounts
outstanding under this Agreement have been declared or have automatically become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise). 
  
 “Revolving Credit Availability Period” shall mean the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. 
  
 “Revolving Credit Exposure” shall mean, for any Lender, the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Loans, LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure. 

 
 “Revolving Credit Note” shall mean a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of a requesting
Lender in the principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, in substantially the form of Exhibit A. 
  
 “Revolving Loan” shall mean a loan made by a Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) to the Borrower under its Revolving Commitment, which may either be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan. 

 
 “S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s. 
  
 “Single Subsidiary Threshold” shall mean an amount equal to (a) five percent (5%) of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or
(b) five percent (5%) of the consolidated total revenues or net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recent fiscal quarter as shown on the financial statements most recently delivered or required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 5.1(a) or (b), as the case may be. 
  
 “Specified CapEx” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 6.4. 
  
 “Subordinated Debt Documents” shall mean the
Convertible Notes and any and all other instruments, agreements, documents and writings executed in connection with the Convertible Notes. 
  
 “Subordinated Noteholders” shall mean the holders of Convertible Notes from time to time. 
  
 “Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person (the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity the accounts of which
would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company, association or other entity (i) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power, or in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the
general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, Controlled or held, or (ii) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the
parent. 
 

 19 

Table of Contents

 
Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Subsidiary” hereunder shall mean a Subsidiary of the Borrower. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantors” shall mean, collectively, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are parties to the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement and each
additional Domestic Operating Subsidiary of the Borrower that executes and delivers a Subsidiary Guarantee Supplement pursuant to Section 5.10. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement” shall mean the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, made by the Subsidiary Loan Parties in favor of the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders. 
  
 “Subsidiary Guarantee Supplement” shall
mean each supplement substantially in the form of Annex I to Exhibit D executed and delivered by a Domestic Operating Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.10. 
  

“Subsidiary Loan Party” shall mean (i) any Subsidiary Guarantor and (i) any First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries whose Capital Stock has been
pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement. 
  
 “Swingline Commitment” shall
mean the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $10,000,000. 
  
 “Swingline Exposure” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the principal amount of the Swingline Loans in which such Lender is legally obligated either to make a Base Rate Loan or
to purchase a participation in accordance with Section 2.6, which shall equal such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all outstanding Swingline Loans. 
  
 “Swingline Lender” shall mean SunTrust Bank, or any other Lender that may agree to make Swingline Loans hereunder. 
  
 “Swingline Loan” shall mean a loan made to the Borrower by the Swingline Lender under the Swingline Commitment. 
  
 “Swingline Note” shall mean the promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of the Swingline Lender in the
principal amount of the Swingline Commitment, substantially the form of Exhibit B. 
  
 “Swingline
Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Period, the rate as offered by the Swingline Lender and accepted by the Borrower. Borrower shall have no obligation to accept this rate and Swingline Lender shall have no obligation to provide it.

  
 “Swingline Termination Date” shall mean the date that is 2 Business Days prior to the Revolving
Commitment Termination Date. 
  
 “Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, levies,
imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority. 
 

 20 

Table of Contents

  
 “Tax Benefit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.21(h). 
  
 “Type”, when used in reference to a Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate
of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Base Rate. 
  
 “Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of Georgia. 
  
 “Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from
such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA. 
  
 “Working
Capital” shall mean, as of any date, an amount equal to the current assets of the Consolidated Companies as of such date (excluding cash and cash equivalents), less the current liabilities of the Consolidated Companies as of such date
(excluding current maturities of the Obligations), in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 
SECTION 1.2.    Classifications of Loans and Borrowings.    For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g. a
“Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g. a “Eurodollar Loan” or “Base Rate Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g. “Revolving Eurodollar Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g.
“Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g. “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g. “ Revolving Eurodollar Borrowing”). 
  
 
SECTION 1.3.    Accounting Terms and Determination.    Unless otherwise defined or specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all
accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent (except for such changes
approved by the Borrower’s independent public accountants) with the most recent audited consolidated financial statement of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a); provided, that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative
Agent that the Borrower wishes to amend any covenant in Article VI to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article
VI for such purpose), then the Borrower’s compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such covenant
is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrower and the Required Lenders. 
  
 
SECTION 1.4.    Terms Generally.    The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the
context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without
limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the 
 

 21 

Table of Contents

 
word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” means “to but excluding”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference
to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as it was originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
(subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words
“hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and
Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement and (v) all references to a specific time shall be construed to refer to the time in the city and state of the Administrative Agent’s
principal office, unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 ARTICLE II 
  

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE COMMITMENTS 
  
 
SECTION 2.1.    General Description of Facilities.    Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) the Lenders hereby establish in favor of
the Borrower a revolving credit facility pursuant to which the Lenders severally agree (to the extent of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment) to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.2, (ii) the Issuing Bank
agrees to issue Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.24, (iii) the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.4, and (iv) each Lender agrees to purchase a participation interest in the
Letters of Credit and the Swingline Loans pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; provided, that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and outstanding LC Obligations exceed
at any time the Aggregate Revolving Commitments from time to time in effect. 
  
 
SECTION 2.2.    Revolving Loans.    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, including, but not limited to, Section 3.1 and 3.2, each
Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower, from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure
exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, or (b) the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Commitment Amount. During the Availability Period, the Borrower shall be entitled to borrow, prepay
and reborrow Revolving Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 
  
 
SECTION 2.3.    Procedure for Revolving Borrowings. 
  
 The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Revolving Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.3 attached hereto (a “Notice of Revolving
Borrowing”) (x) prior to 11:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of each Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 
 

 22 

Table of Contents

 
a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of each Eurodollar Borrowing. Each Notice of Revolving Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal
amount of such Borrowing, (ii) the date of such Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the Type of such Revolving Loan comprising such Borrowing and (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the duration of the initial Interest Period
applicable thereto (subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period). Each Revolving Borrowing shall consist entirely of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Loans, as the Borrower may request. The aggregate principal amount of each
Eurodollar Borrowing shall be not less than $1,000,000 or a larger multiple of $500,000, and the aggregate principal amount of each Base Rate Borrowing shall not be less than $500,000 or a larger multiple of $100,000; provided, that Base Rate
Loans made pursuant to Section 2.6 or Section 2.24(d) may be made in lesser amounts as provided therein. At no time shall the total number of Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding at any time exceed six. Promptly following the receipt of a
Notice of Revolving Borrowing in accordance herewith, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Revolving Borrowing. 

 
 
SECTION 2.4.    Swingline Commitment.    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the
Borrower, from time to time from the Closing Date to the Swingline Termination Date in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the lesser of (i) the Swingline Commitment then in effect and (ii) the difference between the
Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders; provided, that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. The Borrower shall be
entitled to borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 
  
 
SECTION 2.5.    [Reserved] 
  
 
SECTION 2.6.    Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Etc.    (a)  The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice
promptly confirmed in writing) of each Swingline Borrowing (“Notice of Swingline Borrowing”) prior to 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of each Swingline Borrowing. Each Notice of Swingline Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall
specify: (i) the principal amount of such Swingline Loan, (ii) the date of such Swingline Loan (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) the account of the Borrower to which the proceeds of such Swingline Loan should be credited. The Administrative
Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of each Notice of Swingline Borrowing. Each Swingline Loan shall accrue interest at the Swingline Rate or any other interest rate as agreed between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender and shall have
an Interest Period (subject to the definition thereof) as agreed between the Borrower and the Swingline Lender. The aggregate principal amount of each Swingline Loan shall be not less than $100,000 or a larger multiple of $50,000, or such other
minimum amounts agreed to by the Swingline Lender and the Borrower. The Swingline Lender will make the proceeds of each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower in Dollars in immediately available funds at the account specified by the Borrower in
the applicable Notice of Swingline Borrowing not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested date of such Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders on a quarterly basis if any Swingline Loans occurred during such quarter.

 

 23 

Table of Contents

 (a)  The Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion, may, on behalf of the
Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), give a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Loans in an amount
equal to the unpaid principal amount of any Swingline Loan. Each Lender will make the proceeds of its Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender in accordance with Section
2.7, which will be used solely for the repayment of such Swingline Loan. 
  
 (b)  If for any reason a
Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Swingline Lender) shall purchase an undivided participating
interest in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share thereof on the date that such Borrowing should have occurred. On the date of such required purchase, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the
amount of its participating interest to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender. If such Swingline Loan bears interest at a rate other than the Base Rate, such Swingline Loan shall automatically become a Base Rate Loan on
the effective date of any such participation and interest shall become payable on demand.  
  
 (c)  Each Lender’s obligation to make a Loan pursuant to Section 2.6(b) or to purchase the participating interests pursuant to Section 2.6(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have or claim against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of any Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (iii) the existence (or alleged existence) of any event or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the
foregoing. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Swingline Lender by any Lender, the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon for each day from the
date of demand thereof at the Federal Funds Rate. Until such time as such Lender makes its required payment, the Swingline Lender shall be deemed to continue to have outstanding Swingline Loans in the amount of the unpaid participation for all
purposes of the Loan Documents. In addition, such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments made of principal and interest on its Loans and any other amounts due to it hereunder, to the Swingline Lender to fund the amount of such
Lender’s participation interest in such Swingline Loans that such Lender failed to fund pursuant to this Section, until such amount has been purchased in full. 
  

	        
SECTION
	 
	2.7.    Funding of Borrowings. 
 

  
 (a)  Each Lender will make available each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer in immediately available funds by 11:00
a.m. to the Administrative Agent at the Payment Office; provided, that the Swingline Loans will be made as set forth in Section 2.6. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the

 

 24 

Table of Contents

 
Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts that it receives, in like funds by the close of business on such proposed date, to an account maintained by the Borrower with the Administrative Agent
or at the Borrower’s option, by effecting a wire transfer of such amounts to an account designated by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to 5 p.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the date of a Borrowing in which such Lender is participating that
such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date, and the
Administrative Agent, in reliance on such assumption, may make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender on the date of such
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest at the Federal Funds Rate for up to two (2) Business Days and thereafter at the rate specified for such
Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding
amount to the Administrative Agent together with interest at the rate specified for such Borrowing. Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing hereunder or to
prejudice any rights which the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder. 
  
 (c)  All Revolving Borrowings shall be made by the Lenders on the basis of their respective Pro Rata Shares. No Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligations hereunder, and each Lender
shall be obligated to make its Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to make its Loans hereunder. 
  
 
SECTION 2.8.    Interest Elections. 
  
 (a)  Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, and in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Notice of Borrowing.
Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing into a different Type or to continue such Borrowing, and in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect
different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be
considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall NOT apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued. 
  
 (b)  To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing (a “Notice of
Conversion/Continuation”) that is to be converted or continued, as the case may be, (x) prior to 11:00 a.m. one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of a conversion into a Base Rate Borrowing and (y) prior to 11:00 a.m. three (3)
Business

 

 25 

Table of Contents

 
Days prior to a continuation of or conversion into a Eurodollar Borrowing. Each such Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable and shall specify (i) the Borrowing to which such
Notice of Continuation/Conversion applies and if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof that are to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified
pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing); (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Notice of Continuation/Conversion, which shall be a Business Day, (iii) whether the resulting
Borrowing is to be a Base Rate Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period
contemplated by the definition of “Interest Period”. If any such Notice of Continuation/Conversion requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of
one month. The principal amount of any resulting Borrowing shall satisfy the minimum borrowing amount for Eurodollar Borrowings and Base Rate Borrowings set forth in Section 2.3. 
  
 (c)  If, on the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/
Continuation, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing to a Base Rate Borrowing. No Borrowing may be converted into, or continued as, a Eurodollar Borrowing if a
Default or an Event of Default exists, unless the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall have otherwise consented in writing. No conversion of any Eurodollar Loans shall be permitted except on the last day of the Interest Period in
respect thereof.   
  
 (d)  Upon receipt of any Notice of Conversion/Continuation, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing. 
  
 
SECTION 2.9.    Optional Reduction and Termination of Commitments. 
  
 (a)  Unless previously terminated, all Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, except that the Swingline Commitment shall terminate on the Swingline Termination Date.

  
 (b)  Upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly
confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable), the Borrower may reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in part or terminate the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in whole; provided, that (i) any
partial reduction shall apply to reduce proportionately and permanently the Revolving Commitment of each Lender, (ii) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall be in an amount of at least $100,000 and any larger multiple of
$50,000, and (iii) no such reduction shall be permitted which would reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments to an amount less than the outstanding Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders. Any such reduction in the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments shall result in a proportionate reduction (rounded to the next lowest integral multiple of $100,000) in the Swingline Commitment and the LC Commitment. 
 

 26 

Table of Contents

  
 
SECTION 2.10.    Repayment of Loans.  
  
 (a)  The outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans shall be due and payable (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. 
  
 (b)  The principal amount of each Swingline Borrowing shall be due and payable (together with accrued and unpaid interest
thereon) on the Swingline Termination Date. 
  
 
SECTION 2.11.    Evidence of Indebtedness.    (a)  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice appropriate records evidencing the
indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement. The
Administrative Agent shall maintain appropriate records in which shall be recorded (i) the Revolving Commitment of each Lender, (ii) the amount of each Loan made hereunder by each Lender, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable
thereto, (iii) the date of each continuation thereof pursuant to Section 2.8, (iv) the date of each conversion of all or a portion thereof to another Type pursuant to Section 2.8, (v) the date and amount of any principal or interest
due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder in respect of such Loans and (vi) both the date and amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Loans
and each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. The entries made in such records shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, that the failure or delay of any
Lender or the Administrative Agent in maintaining or making entries into any such record or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans (both principal and unpaid accrued interest) of such
Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
  
 (a)  At the request of any Lender (including the
Swingline Lender) at any time, the Borrower agrees that it will execute and deliver to such Lender a Revolving Credit Note and, in the case of the Swingline Lender only, a Swingline Note, payable to the order of such Lender. 
  
 
SECTION 2.12.    Optional Prepayments.    The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing, in whole or in part,
without premium or penalty, by giving irrevocable written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent no later than (i) in the case of prepayment of any Eurodollar Borrowing, 11:00 a.m. not less than three
(3) Business Days prior to any such prepayment, (ii) in the case of any prepayment of any Base Rate Borrowing, not less than one Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment, and (iii) in the case of Swingline Borrowings, prior to 11:00 a.m. on
the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the proposed date of such prepayment and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid. Upon receipt of any such notice, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender of the contents thereof and of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any such prepayment. If such notice is given, the aggregate amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable
on the date designated in such notice, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount so prepaid in accordance with Section 2.14(d); provided, that if a Eurodollar Borrowing is prepaid on a date other than the last day of an
Interest Period applicable thereto, the

 

 27 

Table of Contents

 
Borrower shall also pay all amounts required pursuant to Section 2.20. Each partial prepayment of any Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be in an amount that would be permitted in
the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type pursuant to Section 2.3 or in the case of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.6. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans comprising such
Borrowing. 
  
 
SECTION 2.13.    Mandatory Prepayments. 
  
 (a)  If at any time the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, as reduced pursuant to Section 2.9 or otherwise, the Borrower shall immediately repay Swingline
Loans and Revolving Loans in an amount equal to such excess, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on such excess amount and any amounts due under Section 2.19. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Revolving
Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof, and finally to Revolving Eurodollar Loans to the full extent thereof. If after giving effect to prepayment of all Swingline Loans and Revolving Loans, the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders exceeds
the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to such
excess plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon to be held as collateral for the LC Exposure. Such account shall be administered in accordance with Section 2.24(g) hereof. 
  
 (b)  Immediately upon receipt by the Borrower of net proceeds of any sale or disposition by the Borrower of any of its assets (including condemnation proceeds) in
excess of the amounts permitted under Section 7.6 herein, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and deposit cash collateral for the LC Exposure in an amount equal to all such proceeds, net of commissions and other reasonable and customary transaction
costs, fees and expenses properly attributable to such transaction and payable by the Borrower in connection therewith (in each case, paid to non-Affiliates). Any such prepayment shall be applied in accordance with paragraph (d) below. 

 
 (c)  If the Borrower issues any debt securities for cash proceeds other than any debt securities issued in connection
with a refinancing of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.1, then, no later than the Business Day following the date of receipt of the cash proceeds thereof, the Borrower shall prepay the Loans and deposit cash collateral for the LC
Exposure in an amount equal to all such proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs paid to non-Affiliates in connection therewith. Any such prepayment shall be applied in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

  
 (d)  Any prepayments made by the Borrower pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above shall be applied
as follows: first, to fees and reimbursable expenses of the Administrative Agent then due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents; second, to all other fees (other than LC Fees) and reimbursable expenses of the Lenders then
due and payable pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, pro rata to the Lenders based on their respective Pro Rata Shares of thereof; third, to interest and LC Fees then due and payable on Loans made to the Borrower and Letters of Credit
issued for the account of Borrowers, pro rata to the Lenders based on their respective Pro Rata Shares thereof; fourth, to the principal balance of the Revolving Loans, until the same shall have been paid in full, pro rata to the Lenders
based on their respective Pro Rata

 

 28 

Table of Contents

 
Shares thereof; and fifth, to an account with the Administrative Agent in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to hold as cash
collateral for the LC Exposure, in an amount of up to 100% of the LC Exposure, such account to be administered in accordance with Section 2.24(g) hereof. The applicable Commitments shall be permanently reduced by the amount of any prepayments
made pursuant to clauses fourth and fifth above, provided that, if and to the extent such prepayments are made from the proceeds of any debt securities issued in connection with additional Indebtedness created subsequent hereto which is then
permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.1(g), then, notwithstanding the foregoing, no such permanent reductions in the applicable Commitments shall be made upon such prepayments being made. 
  
 
SECTION 2.14.    Interest on Loans. 
  
 (a)  The Borrower shall pay interest on each Base Rate Loan at the Base Rate in effect from time to time and on each Eurodollar Loan at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable Interest Period in effect for such Loan,
plus, in each case, the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time. 
  
 (b)  The Borrower shall
pay interest on each Swingline Loan at the Swingline Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time. 
  
 (c)  While an Event of Default exists or after acceleration, at the option of the Required Lenders, the Borrower shall pay interest (“Default Interest”) with respect to all
Eurodollar Loans at the rate otherwise applicable for the then-current Interest Period plus an additional 2% per annum until the last day of such Interest Period, and thereafter, and with respect to all Base Rate Loans (including all
Swingline Loans) and all other Obligations hereunder (other than Loans), at an all-in rate in effect for Base Rate Loans, plus an additional 2% per annum. 
  
 (d)  Interest on the principal amount of all Loans shall accrue from and including the date such Loans are made to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof. Interest on all outstanding
Base Rate Loans shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each February, May, August and November and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, as the case may be. Interest on all outstanding Eurodollar Loans shall be payable on
the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and, in the case of any Eurodollar Loans having an Interest Period in excess of three months or 90 days, respectively, on each day which occurs every three months or 90 days, as the case may
be, after the initial date of such Interest Period, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date. Interest on each Swingline Loan shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each February, May, August and November and on the
Swingline Termination Date, as the case may be. All Default Interest shall be payable on demand. 
  
 (e)  The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of such rate in writing (or by telephone, promptly confirmed in
writing). Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error 
 

 29 

Table of Contents

  
 
SECTION 2.15.    Fees. 
  
 (a)  The
Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account fees in the amounts and at the times previously agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b)  Commitment Fee.    The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which
shall accrue at the Applicable Percentage (determined in accordance with Schedule I) on the daily amount of the unused Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the Availability Period; provided, that if such Lender continues to have
any Revolving Credit Exposure after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, then the commitment fee shall continue to accrue on the amount of such Lender’s unused Revolving Commitment from and after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date
to the date that all of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure has been paid in full. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each February, May, August and November of each year and on the Revolving Commitment
Termination Date, commencing on the first such date after the Closing Date; provided further, that any commitment fees accruing after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date shall be payable on demand. For purposes of computing commitment
fees with respect to the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall be deemed used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure, but not Swingline Exposure, of such Lender. 
  
 (c)  Letter of Credit Fees.    The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent, for the
account of each Lender, a letter of credit fee with respect to its participation in each Letter of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Percentage then in effect on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any
portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) attributable to such Letter of Credit during the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the date on which such Letter expires or is
drawn in full (including without limitation any LC Exposure that remains outstanding after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum
on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the Availability Period (or until the date that such Letter of Credit is irrevocably cancelled, whichever is later),
as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. 
  
 (d)  Payments.    Accrued fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each February, May, August and November,
commencing on May 31, 2002 and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date (and if later, the date the Loans and LC Exposure shall be repaid in their entirety). 
  
 
SECTION 2.16.    Computation of Interest and Fees. 
  
 All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or
fees are payable (to the extent computed on the

 

 30 

Table of Contents

 
basis of days elapsed). Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest amount or fee hereunder shall be made in good faith and, except for manifest error, shall be final,
conclusive and binding for all purposes. 
  
 
SECTION 2.17.    Inability to Determine Interest Rates.    If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, 

 
 (i)  the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and
binding upon the Borrower) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant interbank market, adequate means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for such Interest Period, or 
  
 (ii)  the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate does not adequately and fairly
reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender, as the case may be) of making, funding or maintaining their (or its, as the case may be) Eurodollar Loans for such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall give written notice (or telephonic
notice, promptly confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. In the case of Eurodollar Loans, until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise
to such notice no longer exist, (i) the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Revolving Loans or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended and (ii) all such affected Loans shall be converted into
Base Rate Loans on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto unless the Borrower prepays such Loans in accordance with this Agreement. Unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent at least one Business Day before
the date of any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing for which a Notice of Revolving Borrowing has previously been given that it elects not to borrow on such date, then such Revolving Borrowing shall be made as a Base Rate Borrowing.  

 
 
SECTION 2.18.    Illegality.    If any Change in Law shall make in unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund any Eurodollar Loan and such
Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower and the other Lenders, whereupon until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Revolving Loans, or to continue or convert outstanding Loans as or into Eurodollar Loans, shall be suspended. In the case of the making of a Eurodollar
Revolving Borrowing, such Lender’s Revolving Loan shall be made as a Base Rate Loan as part of the same Revolving Borrowing for the same Interest Period and if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, such Loan shall be converted to a
Base Rate Loan either (i) on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Loan to such date or (ii) immediately if such Lender shall determine that it may
not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Loan to such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affected Lender shall, prior to giving such notice to the Administrative Agent, designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such
designation would avoid the need for giving such notice and if such designation would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender in the good faith exercise of its discretion. 
 

 31 

Table of Contents

 
SECTION 2.19.    Increased Costs. 
  
 (a)  If any Change in Law shall: 
  
 (i)  impose, modify or deem
applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Adjusted LIBO Rate hereunder against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except
any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or 
  
 (ii)  impose on any Lender or on the Issuing Bank or the eurodollar interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or any Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or any participation
therein; 
  
 and the result of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining a
Eurodollar Loan or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in or issuing any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal,
interest or any other amount), then the Borrower shall promptly pay, upon written notice from and demand by such Lender on the Borrower (with a copy of such notice and demand to the Administrative Agent), to the Administrative Agent for the account
of such Lender, within fifteen Business Days after the date of such notice and demand, additional amount or amounts reasonably sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or
reduction suffered.  
  
 (b)  If any Lender or the Issuing Bank shall have determined that on or
after the date of this Agreement any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital (or on the capital of such Lender’s or the
Issuing Bank’s parent corporation) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent
corporation could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies or the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent corporation with respect to capital
adequacy) then, from time to time, within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower of written demand by such Lender (with a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such reasonable additional
amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s parent corporation for any such reduction suffered. 
  
 (c)  A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts reasonably necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing
Bank’s parent corporation, as the case may be, specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay
any such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such amount or amounts within 15 days after receipt thereof. 
 

 32 

Table of Contents

 (d)  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this
Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation. 
  
 
SECTION 2.20.    Funding Indemnity.    In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of a Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period
applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion or continuation of a Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (c) the failure by the Borrower to borrow, prepay,
convert or continue any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any applicable notice (regardless of whether such notice is withdrawn or revoked), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender, within fifteen (15) Business Days
after written demand from such Lender, for any loss, cost or expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of
(A) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan if such event had not occurred at the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to such Eurodollar Loan for the period from the date of such event to the last day
of the then current Interest Period therefore (or in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan) over (B) the amount of interest that would accrue on the
principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan for the same period if the Adjusted LIBO Rate were set on the date such Eurodollar Loan was prepaid or converted or the date on which the Borrower failed to borrow, convert or continue such Eurodollar Loan. A
certificate as to any additional amount payable under this Section 2.20 submitted to the Borrower by any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. 
  
 
SECTION 2.21.    Taxes. 
  
 (a)  Any
and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided, that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the
Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) shall receive an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay
the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. 
  
 (b)  In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law; provided, however, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall use their
reasonable efforts to avoid the imposition of any such Other Taxes. 
  
 (c)  The Borrower shall indemnify
the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within fifteen (15) Business Days after written demand therefore, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed

 

 33 

Table of Contents

 
or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the
Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. 
  
 (d)  As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a
receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. 
  
 (e)  Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the Code or any treaty to
which the United States is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed
documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Foreign Lender agrees that it
will deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (or in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased), as appropriate, two (2) duly completed copies of (i) Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8 ECI, or any successor form thereto, certifying that the payments received from the Borrower hereunder are effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or (ii) Internal Revenue
Service Form W-8 BEN, or any successor form thereto, certifying that such Foreign Lender is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which reduces the rate of withholding tax on payments of interest; or
(iii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, together with a certificate (A) establishing that the payment to the Foreign Lender qualifies as “portfolio interest” exempt
from U.S. withholding tax under Code section 871(h) or 881(c), and (B) stating that (1) the Foreign Lender is not a bank for purposes of Code section 881(c)(3)(A), or the obligation of the Borrower hereunder is not, with respect to such Foreign
Lender, a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, within the meaning of that section; (2) the Foreign Lender is not a 10% shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Code section 871(h)(3) or 881(c)(3)(B);
and (3) the Foreign Lender is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to the Borrower within the meaning of Code section 881(c)(3)(C); or (iv) such other Internal Revenue Service forms as may be applicable to the Foreign Lender,
including Forms W-8 IMY or W-8 EXP. Each such Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such forms on or before the date that it becomes a party to this Agreement (or in the case of a Participant, on or before the
date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each such Foreign Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Foreign Lender. Each such Foreign Lender
shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at any time that it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted
 
 

 34 

Table of Contents

 
by the Internal Revenue Service for such purpose) which such notice shall create in Borrower the right to replace such Lender pursuant to Section 2.23 hereof. 
  
 (f)  Each Lender agrees upon the request of the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense to complete, accurately and in a
manner reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and to execute, arrange for any required certification of, and deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) (or to such government or taxing authority
as the Borrower or Administrative Agent reasonably directs), any other form or document that may be required under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States to allow the Borrower to make a payment under this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes of the type described in Section 2.21 hereof or with any such deduction or withholding for or on account of such taxes at a reduced rate, in each case so long as
such Lender is (i) legally entitled to provide such certification and deliver such form or document and (ii) such action is consistent with its overall tax policies and is not otherwise, in the judgment of such Lender, impractical or disadvantageous
in any material respect to such Lender. 
  
 (g)  Notwithstanding any provision of Section 2.21 above
to the contrary, the Borrower shall not have any obligations to pay any taxes or to indemnify any Lender for such taxes pursuant to this Section 2.21 to the extent that such taxes result from (i) the failure of any Lender to comply with its
obligations pursuant to Section 2.21(f) or (ii) any representation made on Form 1001, 4224 or W-8 or successor applicable form or certification by any Lender incurring such taxes proving to have been incorrect, false or misleading in any
material respect when so made or deemed to be made or (iii) such Lender changing its Applicable Lending Office to a jurisdiction in which such taxes arise, except to the extent in the judgment of such Lender such change was required by the terms of
this Agreement. 
  
 (h)  To the extent that the payment of any Lender’s Indemnified Taxes or Other
Taxes by the Borrower hereunder gives rise from time to time to a Tax Benefit to such Lender in any jurisdiction other than the jurisdiction which imposed such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, such Lender shall pay to the Borrower the amount of
each such Tax Benefit so recognized or received. The amount of each Tax Benefit and, therefore, payment to the Borrower will be determined from time to time by the relevant Lender in its sole discretion, which determination shall be binding and
conclusive on all parties hereto. Each such payment will be due and payable by such Lender to the Borrower within a reasonable time after the filing of the tax return in which such Tax Benefit is recognized or, in the case of any tax refund, after
the refund is received; provided, however, if at any time thereafter such Lender is required to rescind such Tax Benefit or such Tax Benefit is otherwise disallowed or nullified, the Borrower shall promptly, after notice thereof from such Lender,
repay to such Lender the amount of such Tax Benefit previously paid to such Lender and which has been rescinded, disallowed or nullified. For purposes hereof, the term “Tax Benefit” shall mean the amount by which any Lender’s
income tax liability for the taxable period in question is reduced below what would have been payable had the Borrower not been required to pay such Lender’s taxes hereunder. 
 

 35 

Table of Contents

 
SECTION 2.22.    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.  
  
 (a)  The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under
Section 2.19, 2.20 or 2.21, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, free and clear of any defenses, rights of set-off, counterclaim, or withholding or deduction of taxes. Any amounts
received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the
Administrative Agent at the Payment Office, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.19, 2.20 and 2.21 and
10.3 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If
any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be made payable for the
period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in Dollars. 
  
 (b)  If at any time
insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of
interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due
hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties. 
  
 (c)  If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-of or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or
participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans that would result in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued
interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline
Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and
participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided, that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the
purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this
Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower
or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower 
 

 36 

Table of Contents

 
consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise
against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. 
  

(d)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent
for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such
assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount or amounts due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally
agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of
payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. 
  
 (e)  If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.6(b), 2.24(d) or
(e), 2.22(d), 2.7(b) or 10.3(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to
satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid. 
  
 
SECTION 2.23.    Mitigation of Obligations.    (a)  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.19, or if the Borrower is required to
pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.21, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its
Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the sole judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable under
Section 2.19 or Section 2.21, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with such designation or assignment. 
  
 (b)  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.19, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority of the account of any Lender pursuant to Section
2.21, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without
recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 10.4(b) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may
be another Lender); provided, that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an

 

 37 

Table of Contents

 
amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Loans owed to it, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the Eligible Assignee (in the
case of such outstanding principal and accrued interest) and from the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of a claim for compensation under Section 2.19 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section
2.21, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the
circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. 
  
 
SECTION 2.24.    Letters of Credit. 
  
 (a)  During the Availability Period, the Issuing Bank, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders pursuant to Section 2.24(d), agrees to issue, at the request of the Borrower, Letters of Credit for the
account of the Borrower on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; provided, that (i) each Letter of Credit shall expire on the earlier of (A) the date one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or in the case of
any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (B) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date; (ii) each Letter of Credit shall be in a stated amount of at least
$100,000; and (iii) the Borrower may not request any Letter of Credit, if, after giving effect to such issuance (A) the aggregate LC Exposure would exceed the LC Commitment or (B) the aggregate LC Exposure, plus the aggregate outstanding
Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments. Upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Issuing
Bank without recourse a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Each issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to utilize the
Revolving Commitment of each Lender by an amount equal to the amount of such participation. 
  
 (b)  To
request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or any amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall give the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice at least three (3) Business Days
prior to the requested date of such issuance specifying the date (which shall be a Business Day) such Letter of Credit is to be issued (or amended, extended or renewed, as the case may be), the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, the amount of
such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. In addition to the satisfaction of the conditions in Article III, the
issuance of such Letter of Credit (or any amendment which increases the amount of such Letter of Credit) will be subject to the further conditions that such Letter of Credit shall be in such form and contain such terms as the Issuing Bank shall
approve and that the Borrower shall have executed and delivered any additional applications, agreements and instruments relating to such Letter of Credit as the Issuing Bank shall reasonably require; provided, that in the event of any
conflict between such applications, agreements or instruments and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. 
 

 38 

Table of Contents

  
 (c)  At least two Business Days prior to the issuance of any Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received such notice and if not, the Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless
the Issuing Bank has received notice from the Administrative Agent on or before the Business Day immediately preceding the date the Issuing Bank is to issue the requested Letter of Credit (1) directing the Issuing Bank not to issue the Letter of
Credit because such issuance is not then permitted hereunder because of the limitations set forth in Section 2.24(a) or that one or more conditions specified in Article III are not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, the Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue such Letter of Credit in accordance with the Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices. 
  
 (d)  The Issuing Bank shall examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit promptly following its receipt thereof.
The Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make a LC Disbursement thereunder; provided, that any failure to give or delay in giving such
notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to such LC Disbursement. The Borrower shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC
Disbursements paid by the Issuing Bank in respect of such drawing, without presentment, demand or other formalities of any kind. Unless the Borrower shall have notified the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. on the
Business Day immediately prior to the date on which such drawing is honored that the Borrower intends to reimburse the Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing in funds other than from the proceeds of Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed
to have timely given a Notice of Revolving Borrowing to the Administrative Agent requesting the Lenders to make a Base Rate Borrowing on the date on which such drawing is honored in an exact amount due to the Issuing Bank; provided, that for
purposes solely of such Borrowing, the conditions precedents set forth in Section 3.2 hereof shall not be applicable. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.3, and each Lender
shall make the proceeds of its Base Rate Loan included in such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.8. The proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied directly by the
Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for such LC Disbursement. 
  
 (e)  If for any reason a
Base Rate Borrowing may not be (as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent), or is not, made in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then each Lender (other than the Issuing Bank) shall be obligated to fund the
participation that such Lender purchased pursuant to subsection (a) in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such LC Disbursement on and as of the date which such Base Rate Borrowing should have occurred. Each Lender’s obligation to fund its
participation shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including without limitation (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or any other Person may have against the
Issuing Bank or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the existence of a Default or an Event of Default or the termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower or any other
 
 

 39 

Table of Contents

 
Lender, (v) any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or (vi) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. On the date
that such participation is required to be funded, each Lender shall promptly transfer, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank. Whenever, at any time after the
Issuing Bank has received from any such Lender the funds for its participation in a LC Disbursement, the Issuing Bank (or the Administrative Agent on its behalf) receives any payment on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank,
as the case may be, will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment; provided, that if such payment is required to be returned for any reason to the Borrower or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or similar
official in any bankruptcy proceeding, such Lender will return to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank any portion thereof previously distributed by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank to it. 
  
 (f)  To the extent that any Lender shall fail to pay any amount required to be paid pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section
2.24 on the due date therefor, such Lender shall pay interest to the Issuing Bank (through the Administrative Agent) on such amount from such due date to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate;
provided, that if such Lender shall fail to make such payment to the Issuing Bank within three (3) Business Days of such due date, then, retroactively to the due date, such Lender shall be obligated to pay interest on such amount at the
Default Rate. 
  
 (g)  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the
Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the
Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid fees thereon; provided, that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral
shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (g), (h) or (i) of
Section 8.1. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral in an interest bearing account (which account shall be chosen in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense)
for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Borrower agrees to execute
any documents and/or certificates to effectuate the intent of this paragraph. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the
Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest and profits on such investments shall accumulate in such account for the benefit of the Borrower. Moneys in such account shall applied by the Administrative Agent to
reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it had not been reimbursed and to the extent so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the
maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, with the consent of the Required Lenders, be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a
result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such
 
 

 40 

Table of Contents

 
amount (to the extent not so applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower with three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. 
  
 (h)  Promptly following the end of each fiscal quarter, the Issuing Bank shall deliver (through the Administrative Agent) to
each Lender and the Borrower a report describing the aggregate Letters of Credit outstanding at the end of such fiscal quarter. Upon the request of any Lender from time to time, the Issuing Bank shall deliver to such Lender any other information
reasonably requested by such Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit then outstanding. 
  
 (i)  The
Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of
any of the following circumstances: 
  
 (i) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of
Credit or this Agreement; 
  
 (ii) The existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which
the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or transferee may be acting), any Lender
(including the Issuing Bank) or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated transaction; 
  
 (iii) Any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein
being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; 
  
 (iv) Payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of
Credit against presentation of a draft or other document to the Issuing Bank that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; 
  
 (v) Any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or
provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder; or 
  
 (vi) The
existence of a Default or an Event of Default. 
  
 Neither the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders nor any Related Party of
any of the foregoing shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances
referred to above), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder),
any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided, that the foregoing shall not be
 
 

 41 

Table of Contents

 
construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the
Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts or other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the
terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree, that in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have
exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the
terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to
accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit. 
  
 (j)  Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500, as the same may be amended from time
to time, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the governing law of this Agreement set forth in Section 10.5. 
  
 ARTICLE III 
  
 
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT 
  
 
SECTION 3.1.    Conditions To Effectiveness.    The obligations of the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender) to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing
Bank to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.2). 
  

(a)  The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including
reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder, under any other Loan Document and under
any agreement with the Administrative Agent or SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Capital Markets, Inc., as Lead Arranger. 
  
 (b)  The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received the following: 
  
 (i)  a counterpart of this Agreement signed by or on behalf of each party thereto or written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of
this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement; 
  
 (ii)  a
duly executed Note payable to each Lender; 
  
 (iii)  a duly executed Subsidiary Guarantee
Agreement and Indemnity and Contribution Agreement; 
 

 42 

Table of Contents

 (iv)  the duly executed Pledge Agreement(s), if any, together with any and all certificates
representing the Capital Stock pledged thereby, instruments of transfer and stock powers endorsed in blank, and Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in appropriate form with respect thereto; 
  
 (v)  evidence that the Borrower’s Existing Credit Agreement has been terminated, and all interest, fees and
principal accrued thereunder through the Closing Date will be paid in full from the initial Revolving Loan; 
  
 (vi)  a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party, attaching and certifying copies of its bylaws and of the resolutions of its boards of directors, authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and certifying the name, title and true signature of each officer of such Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party; 
  

(vii)  certified copies of the articles of incorporation or other charter documents of each Loan Party, together with certificates of good
standing or existence, as may be available from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Loan Party and each other jurisdiction where such Loan Party is required to be qualified to do business as a foreign corporation;

  
 (viii)  the favorable written opinions of (A) Patricia Wilson, general counsel of the
Loan Parties and (B) Alston & Bird LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, each covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents and the transactions
contemplated therein as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall reasonably request; 
  
 (ix)  a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Section 3.2; 
  
 (x)  duly executed Notices of Borrowing, if applicable; 
  

(xi)  a duly executed funds disbursement agreement, together with a report setting forth the sources and uses of the proceeds hereof;

  
 (xii)  certified copies of all consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations and
filings and orders required or advisable to be made or obtained under any Requirement of Law, or by any Contractual Obligation of each Loan Party, in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of the Loan
Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings and orders shall be in full force and effect and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired; and 

 
 (xiii)  certificates of insurance, in form and detail acceptable to the Administrative Agent,
describing the types and amounts of insurance (property and liability) covering any of the tangible insurable property maintained by the Loan Parties; 
 

 43 

Table of Contents

  
 (xiv) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the
chief financial officer of each Loan Party, confirming the solvency of each Loan Party before and after giving effect to all transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, together with the Projections of the Borrower as of the Closing Date;

  
 (xv) copies of (A) the internally prepared quarterly financial statements of the Borrower and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the fiscal quarter ending on March 1, 2002, (B) the audited consolidated financial statements for the Borrower and its subsidiaries for the Fiscal Years ending 1999, 2000 and 2001, including balance sheets
income and cash flow statements audited by an independent public accountant of recognized national standing and prepared in conformity with GAAP, and (C) any such other financial information as Administrative Agent may request; and 

 
 (xvi) a certified copy of the Indenture pursuant to which the Convertible Notes were issued and any amendments,
modifications or waivers related thereto. 
  
 (c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such
other documents, certificates, information or legal opinions as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders.

  
 
SECTION 3.2.    Each Credit Event.    The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend,
renew or extend any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: 
  
 (a)  at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default shall exist; and

  
 (b)  all representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan
Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit, in each case before and after giving effect thereto, except for
changes expressly permitted herein and except to the extent such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date; and 
  
 (c)  since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Borrower described in Section 4.4 or Section 5.1, there shall have been no change which has had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, extension
or renewal of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.2. 
  
 
SECTION 3.3.    Delivery of Documents.    All of the Loan Documents, certificates, legal opinions and other documents and papers referred to in this Article III,
unless otherwise specified, shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the Lenders and, except for the Notes, in sufficient counterparts or copies for each of the Lenders and shall be in form and substance satisfactory
in all respects to the Administrative Agent. 
 

 44 

Table of Contents

  
 ARTICLE IV 
  
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
  
 The
Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender as follows: 
  
 
SECTION 4.1.    Existence; Power.    The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) is duly qualified to transact business in every jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 4.1, and the failure of the Borrower to be so qualified in any other jurisdiction could not
reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) has all powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted, except where the failure to have
any such licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 
SECTION 4.2.    Organizational Power; Authorization.    The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party
are within such Loan Party’s organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational, and if required, stockholder, action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitutes, and
each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable against it in accordance
with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity. 

 
 
SECTION 4.3.    Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts.    The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, and by each Loan Party of the
other Loan Documents to which it is a party (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any action by, any Governmental Authority, except those as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect or
where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the
Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties or any judgment or order of any Governmental Authority which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, material
agreement or other material instrument binding on the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties or any of its assets or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties and
(d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties except Liens (if any) created under the Loan Documents. 
  
 
SECTION 4.4.    Financial Statements.    The Borrower has furnished to each Lender (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of May 31, 2001 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows

 

 45 

Table of Contents

 
for the Fiscal Year then ended prepared by Arthur Andersen LLP and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the March 1, 2002, and the
related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ending, certified by a Responsible Officer. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated
financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and the consolidated results of operations for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject to year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in
the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii). Since May 31, 2001, there have been no changes with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which have had or could reasonably be expected to have, singly or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect. 
  
 
SECTION 4.5.    Litigation and Environmental Matters. 
  
 (a)  Except for matters set forth on Schedule 4.5(a), no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrators or Governmental Authorities is pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened
against or affecting the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination that could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect or (ii) which in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. 
  
 (b)  Except for matters set forth on Schedule 4.5(b), neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or
comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any
basis for any Environmental Liability. 
  
 
SECTION 4.6.    Compliance with Laws and Agreements.    Except where non-compliance, either singly or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party is in compliance with (a) all applicable laws, rules, regulations, judgments and orders of any Governmental Authority except where such compliance is being contested in
good faith through appropriate proceedings, and (b) all indentures, agreements or other instruments binding upon it or its properties. 
  
 
SECTION 4.7.    Investment Company Act, Etc.    Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties is (a) an “investment company”, or is
“controlled” by an “investment company” as such terms are defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (b) a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to regulation
under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended or (c) otherwise subject to any other regulatory scheme limiting its ability to incur debt. 
  
 
SECTION 4.8.    Taxes.    The Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties have timely filed or caused to be filed all Federal income tax returns and all other
material tax returns that are required to be filed by them, and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any assessments made against it or its property and all other taxes, fees or other charges 
 

 46 

Table of Contents

 
imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority, except (i) to the extent the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) where the same are currently
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary Loan Party, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and
the Subsidiary Loan Parties in respect of such taxes are adequate, and no tax liabilities that could be materially in excess of the amount so provided are anticipated. 
  
 
SECTION 4.9.    Margin Regulations.    None of the proceeds of any of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used for “purchasing” or
“carrying” any “margin stock” with the respective meanings of each of such terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the applicable Margin
Regulations. 
  
 
SECTION 4.10.    ERISA.    No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which
liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of
Financial Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $5,000,000 of the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit
obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $5,000,000 of
the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans. 
  
 
SECTION 4.11.    Ownership of Property. 
  
 (a)  Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to the operation of its business (except for any such failure
that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect), including without limitation, all properties reflected in the Borrower’s most recent consolidated financial statements provided to the Lenders as described in
Section 4.4 or delivered pursuant to Section 5.1, as the case may be (but excluding any such assets sold in the ordinary course of business, or as otherwise expressly permitted by Section 7.6 of this Agreement or consented to in
writing by the Required Lenders, subsequent to the date of such financial statements), and none of such properties is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.2. 
  
 (b)  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiary Loan Parties owns, or is licensed, or otherwise has the right, to use, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade
names, copyrights and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiary Loan Parties does not infringe on the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually
or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 

 47 

Table of Contents

 
SECTION 4.12.    Disclosure.    The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments, and corporate or other restrictions to which the Borrower
or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties is subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Information Memorandum nor any of
the reports (including without limitation all reports that the Borrower is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission), financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation or syndication of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by any other information so furnished) contains any
material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  
 
SECTION 4.13.    Labor Relations.    There are no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes or grievances against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary
Loan Parties, or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of the Subsidiary Loan Parties, and no significant unfair labor practice, charges or grievances are pending against the Borrower or any of the
Subsidiary Loan Parties, or to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against any of them before any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All payments due from the Borrower or any of the
Subsidiary Loan Parties pursuant to the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary Loan Party, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 
SECTION 4.14.    Subordination of Subordinated Debt.    This Agreement, and all amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, refinancings and refundings
hereof, constitute “Senior Indebtedness” within the meaning of the Indenture; and the Revolving Loans and all other Obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Notes and all other Loan
Documents, and all amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, refundings or refinancings of any of the foregoing constitute “Senior Indebtedness” of the Borrower within the meaning of the Indenture, and the holders thereof from time
to time shall be entitled to all of the rights of a holder of “Senior Indebtedness” pursuant to the Indenture. 
  
 
SECTION 4.15.    Subsidiaries.    Schedule 4.15 sets forth the name of, the ownership interest of the Borrower in, the jurisdiction of incorporation of, and the
type of, each Subsidiary and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Loan Party, in each case as of the Closing Date. 
  
 
SECTION 4.16.    Insolvency.    After giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of the Loans under this Agreement, the
Borrower will not be “insolvent,” within the meaning of such term as used in O.C.G.A. § 18-2-22 or as defined in § 101 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time, or be unable to pay its debts generally
as such debts become due, or have an unreasonably small capital to engage in any business or transaction, whether current or contemplated. 
 

 48 

Table of Contents

  
 ARTICLE V 
  
 
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 
  
 The Borrower covenants and agrees
that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or the principal of and interest on any Loan or any fee or any LC Disbursement remains unpaid or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding: 
  

SECTION 5.1.    Financial Statements and Other Information.    The Borrower will deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender: 
  
 (a)  as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower, a copy
of the annual audited report for such Fiscal Year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, containing a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of
income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows (together with all footnotes thereto) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in
reasonable detail and reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, exception or explanation and without any qualification
or exception as to scope of such audit) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards; 
  
 (b)  as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter and the corresponding portion of Borrower’s
previous Fiscal Year, all certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; 
  
 (c)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, (i) certifying as to whether there exists a Default or Event of Default on
the date of such certificate, and if a Default or an Event of Default then exists, specifying the details thereof and the action which the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail
calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 5.10 and Article VI and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or the application thereof has occurred since the date of the Borrower’s audited financial statements referred to in
Section 4.4 and, if any change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate; 
 

 49 

Table of Contents

 (d)  within five (5) Business Days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to
in clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained any knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any Default or Event of Default
(which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines); 
  
 (e)  promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority
succeeding to any or all functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and 
  
 (f)  promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the results of operations, business affairs and financial condition
of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request. 
  
 
SECTION 5.2.    Notices of Material Events.    The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

  
 (a)  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default; 
  
 (b)  the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

  
 (c)  the occurrence of any event or any other development by which the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries (i) fails to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) becomes subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) receives
notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, or (iv) becomes aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability and in each of the preceding clauses, which individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect; 
  
 (d)  the occurrence of any ERISA Event that alone, or
together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000; and 
  

(e)  any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.  

 
 (f)  Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a
Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto. 
  
 
SECTION 5.3.    Existence; Conduct of Business.    The Borrower shall at all times maintain its existence as a corporation in the jurisdiction of its
incorporation. The Borrower shall cause each of its Operating Subsidiaries to maintain its legal existence, and carry on its

 

 50 

Table of Contents

 
business in substantially the same industry as such business shall be carried on the date of the first Borrowing hereunder; provided, that (i) the Borrower may dissolve Subsidiaries from
time to time if (x) the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary has determined that such dissolution is desirable, and (y) such dissolution could not reasonably be expected to have or cause a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) the Borrower or any
Subsidiary may eliminate or discontinue a business line or consummate an Asset Sale pursuant to Section 7.6(a); provided, further, that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution
permitted under Section 7.3. 
  
 
SECTION 5.4.    Compliance with Laws, Etc.    The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and
requirements of any Governmental Authority applicable to its properties, except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 
SECTION 5.5.    Payment of Obligations.    The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge at or before maturity, all of its
obligations and liabilities (including without limitation all tax liabilities and claims that could result in a statutory Lien) before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 
  
 
SECTION 5.6.    Books and Records.    The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true
and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financial statements of Borrower in conformity with GAAP. 
  
 
SECTION 5.7.    Visitation, Inspection, Etc.    The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representative of the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine its books and records and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers and with its independent certified
public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request after reasonable prior notice to the Borrower; provided, however, if an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, no prior notice shall be required. 
  
 
SECTION 5.8.    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.    The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property
material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so, either individually or it the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business, and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries, against loss or damage of the kinds customarily

 

 51 

Table of Contents

 
insured against by companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. 
  
 
SECTION 5.9.    Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit.    The Borrower will use the proceeds of all Loans to refinance existing debt on the Closing Date and
thereafter to finance working capital needs, acquisitions contemplated under Section 7.4, capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used,
whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that would violate any rule or regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U or X. All Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes.

  
 
SECTION 5.10.    Additional Material Subsidiaries.    (a)  If any Domestic Operating Subsidiary of the Borrower, whether now existing or hereafter
organized or acquired, has consolidated revenue or assets in any fiscal quarter that exceeds the Single Subsidiary Threshold, then the Borrower shall cause such Domestic Operating Subsidiary to become an additional Subsidiary Guarantor, as provided
in this Section 5.10, within 30 days after delivery of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, with respect to such fiscal quarter; provided,
however, that in those instances where as a result of an Acquisition, or as a result of the sale, contribution, or other transfer of assets to a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the consolidated revenue or assets of the resulting Domestic
Operating Subsidiary is projected (on a pro forma basis) by the Borrower to exceed the Single Subsidiary Threshold during the current or the immediately succeeding fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and such Domestic Operating Subsidiary is not then a
Subsidiary Guarantor, the Borrower shall cause such Domestic Operating Subsidiary to become an additional Subsidiary Guarantor, as provided in this Section 5.10, within 30 days after the date of such Acquisition, sale, contribution or other
transfer of assets. 
  
 (b)  If any First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary, whether now existing or
hereafter organized or acquired, has consolidated revenue or assets in any fiscal quarter that exceeds the Single Subsidiary Threshold, then the Borrower shall cause the Applicable Pledge Amount of the Capital Stock of such First Tier Non-U.S.
Operating Subsidiary to be pledged to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank, and the Administrative Agent, pursuant to a Pledge Agreement as provided in this Section 5.10,
within 30 days after delivery of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, with respect to such fiscal quarter; provided, however, that in those instances
where as a result of an Acquisition, or as a result of the sale, contribution, or other transfer of assets to a Subsidiary of the Borrower, the consolidated revenue or assets of the resulting First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary is projected (on
a pro forma basis) by the Borrower to exceed the Single Subsidiary Threshold during the current or the immediately succeeding fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and none of the Capital Stock of such First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary is then
pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement, then the Borrower shall cause the Applicable Pledge Amount of the Capital Stock of such First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary to be so pledged to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to a Pledge Agreement as provided in this Section 5.10, within 30 days after the date of such Acquisition, sale, contribution or other transfer of assets. 
 

 52 

Table of Contents

  
 (c)  If for any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the aggregate revenue
or assets (on a non-consolidated basis) of the Borrower and those Domestic Operating Subsidiaries that are then Subsidiary Guarantors, and those First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries whose Capital Stock has been pledged to the Administrative
Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement, are less than the Aggregate Subsidiary Threshold, then the Borrower shall cause one or more other Domestic Operating Subsidiaries to become additional Subsidiary Guarantors, as provided in this Section
5.10, and/or shall cause the Applicable Pledge Amount of Capital Stock of one or more other First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries to be pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement, within 30 days after delivery of the
financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 (a) or (b), as the case may be, with respect to such fiscal quarter, so that after including the revenue or assets of any such additional Subsidiary Guarantors and First
Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries, the aggregate revenue or assets (on a non-consolidated basis) of the Borrower and all such Subsidiary Guarantors and First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries would equal or exceed the Aggregate Subsidiary
Threshold for such fiscal quarter; provided, however, that in those instances where as a result of an Acquisition, or as a result of the sale, contribution, or other transfer of assets to a Subsidiary of the Borrower, or as a result of the
sale or other disposition of assets by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including the sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary), the aggregate revenue or assets (on a non-consolidated basis) of the Borrower, those Domestic
Operating Subsidiaries that are then Subsidiary Guarantors, and those First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries whose Capital Stock has been pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement, are projected (on a pro forma basis) by
the Borrower to be less than the Aggregate Subsidiary Threshold during the current or the immediately succeeding fiscal quarter of the Borrower, then the Borrower shall cause one or more other Domestic Operating Subsidiaries to become additional
Subsidiary Guarantors, as provided in this Section 5.10, and/or shall cause the Applicable Pledge Amount of the Capital Stock of one or more other First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries to be pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant
to a Pledge Agreement, within 30 days after the date of such Acquisition, sale, contribution or other transfer or disposition, so that after including the revenue or assets of any such additional Subsidiary Guarantors and First Tier Non-U.S.
Operating Subsidiaries, the aggregate revenue or assets (on a non-consolidated basis) of the Borrower and all such Subsidiary Guarantors and First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter would equal or exceed the Aggregate
Subsidiary Threshold. 
  
 (d)  The Borrower may elect at any time to have a Domestic Operating Subsidiary
become an additional Subsidiary Guarantor as provided in this Section 5.10. 
  
 (e)  Upon the
occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, if the Required Lenders so direct, the Borrower shall (i) cause all of its Domestic Operating Subsidiaries to become additional Subsidiary Guarantors, as provided in this Section
5.10, within 30 days after the Borrower’s receipt of written confirmation of such direction from the Administrative Agent, and (ii) cause the Applicable Pledge Amount of the Capital Stock of all First Tier Non-U.S. Subsidiaries to be
pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Pledge Agreement, as provided in this Section 5.10, within 30 days after the Borrower’s receipt of written confirmation of such direction from the Administrative Agent. 

 53 

Table of Contents

 (f)  A Domestic Operating Subsidiary shall become an additional Subsidiary Guarantor by executing and
delivering to the Administrative Agent a Subsidiary Guarantee Supplement and a Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement Supplement, accompanied by (i) all other Loan Documents related thereto, (ii) certified copies of certificates or
articles of incorporation or organization, by-laws, membership operating agreements, and other organizational documents, appropriate authorizing resolutions of the board of directors of such Domestic Operating Subsidiaries, and opinions of counsel
comparable to those delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(viii), and (iii) such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. No Domestic Operating Subsidiary that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor shall thereafter cease
to be a Subsidiary Guarantor or be entitled to be released or discharged from its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee or Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement, except in connection with a sale of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s
Capital Stock or Assets pursuant to Section 7.6, a merger consolidation or other fundamental change with respect to such Subsidiary Guarantor described in Section 7.3 or otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to Sections 5.3,
7.3 or 7.6 of this Agreement or consented to in writing by all of the Lenders. 
  
 (g)  The
Capital Stock of a First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent by the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Pledge Agreement, accompanied by (i) all certificates representing such Capital
Stock, instruments of transfer and stock powers endorsed in blank, and Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in appropriate form in respect thereof, and (ii) such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (including,
without limitation, certified copies of certificates or articles of incorporation or organization, by-laws, membership operating agreements, and other organizational documents, appropriate authorizing resolutions of the Board of Directors of the
holders of such Capital Stock, and opinions of counsel comparable to those delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(viii)). The Capital Stock of a First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary that has been pledged to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
a Pledge Agreement shall not be entitled thereafter to be released from such Pledge Agreement, except in connection with a sale of such Capital Stock or such First Tier Non-U.S. Operating Subsidiary’s Assets pursuant to Section 7.6, a
merger, consolidation or other fundamental change with respect to such Subsidiary Guarantor described in Section 7.3 or otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to Sections 5.3, 7.3 or 7.6 of this Agreement or consented to
in writing by all of the Lenders. 
  
 ARTICLE VI 
  
 
FINANCIAL COVENANTS 
  
 The Borrower covenants and agrees
that so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or the principal of or interest on or any Loan remains unpaid or any fee or any LC Disbursement remains unpaid or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding: 
  
 
SECTION 6.1.    Leverage Ratio.    The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will have, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal
quarter ending May 31, 2002 and on each fiscal quarter thereafter, a Leverage Ratio of not greater than 2.50:1.00. 
 

 54 

Table of Contents

  
 
SECTION 6.2.    Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.    The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will have, as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, commencing
with the fiscal quarter ending May 31, 2002 and on each fiscal quarter thereafter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 3.00:1.00. 
  
 
SECTION 6.3.    Minimum Consolidated Net Worth.    The Borrower and its Subsidiaries will maintain a Consolidated Net Worth in an amount equal to (i)
$207,420,000, plus (ii) 50% of Consolidated Net Income on a cumulative basis for all preceding fiscal quarters of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending August 31, 2001, plus (iii) 100% of the net proceeds from any
equity offering, calculated quarterly on the last day of each fiscal quarter, plus (iv) 100% of the increase to Consolidated Net Worth resulting from the conversion of any debt of the Borrower into equity (including, without limitation, the
conversion of the Convertible Notes into common stock of the Borrower); provided, that if Consolidated Net Income is negative in any fiscal quarter the amount added for such fiscal quarter shall be zero and such negative Consolidated Net
Income shall not reduce the amount of Consolidated Net Income added from any previous fiscal quarter. 
  
 
SECTION 6.4.    Capital Expenditures.    The Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Capital Expenditures during any Fiscal Year in an amount not to exceed (i)
$37,000,000 for the Fiscal Year ending May 30, 2003; (ii) $40,000,000 for the Fiscal Year ending May 31, 2004; and (iii) $45,000,000 for the Fiscal Year ending May 31, 2005; provided, however, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending May 30,
2003, if the actual aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during any Fiscal Year (the “Current CapEx”) is less than the respective limit specified above for such Fiscal Year (the “Specified
CapEx”), then the applicable limit for the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year shall be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the Current CapEx and the Specified CapEx (the “Carryover Amount”). For purposes of this
Section 6.4 Capital Expenditures made by the Borrower in any Fiscal Year shall be deemed to be made first with Specified CapEx for such Fiscal Year, then, from the Carryover Amount, if any. 
  
 ARTICLE VII 
  
 
NEGATIVE COVENANTS 
  
 The Borrower covenants and agrees that
so long as any Lender has a Commitment hereunder or the principal of or interest on any Loan remains unpaid or any fee or any LC Disbursement remains unpaid or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding: 
  
 
SECTION 7.1.    Indebtedness.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness, except: 
  
 (a)  Indebtedness created pursuant to the Loan Documents;

  
 (b)  Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.1 and
extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness which net of financing fees do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (immediately prior to giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement) or shorten the
maturity or the weighted average life thereof; 
 

 55 

Table of Contents

  
 (c)  Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets if secured by a Lien on any such
assets prior to the acquisition thereof; provided, that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 120 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvements or extensions, renewals, and replacements of any such
Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (immediately prior to giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement) or shorten the maturity or the weighted average life thereof; provided further, that the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed $15,000,000 at any time outstanding; 
  
 (d)  Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided, that any such Indebtedness that is owed to a Subsidiary that is not a
Subsidiary Loan Party shall be subject to Section 7.4; 
  
 (e)  Guarantees by the
Borrower of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided, that Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness or other
obligations of any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party shall be subject to Section 7.4; 
  
 (f)  Indebtedness of any Person which becomes a Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof
(immediately prior to giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement) or shorten the maturity or the weighted average life thereof; provided, that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time that such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is
not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness permitted hereunder shall not exceed $10,000,000 outstanding at any time; 
  
 (g)  Indebtedness created pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Documents, together with any extensions, renewals or
refinancings of such Indebtedness, and other, additional unsecured Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries created subsequent hereto which is subordinated, in right of payment and claim, to the rights and claims of the Lenders hereunder in
respect of the Obligations on terms not less favorable to the Lenders than those set forth in Subordinated Debt Documents as in effect on the date hereof, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted to exist
under this subsection (g), inclusive of the Indebtedness created pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Documents, shall not exceed $200,000,000 outstanding at any time; 
  
 (h)  Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 7.10; and 
  
 (i)  other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding. 
  
 
SECTION 7.2.    Negative Pledge.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any of its assets or property now owned or hereafter acquired or, except: 
 

 56 

Table of Contents

  
 (a)  Permitted Encumbrances; 
  
 (b)  any Liens on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date set forth
on Schedule 7.2; provided, that such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; 
  
 (c)  purchase money Liens upon or in any fixed or capital assets to secure the purchase price or the cost of construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets or to secure
Indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets (including Liens securing any Capital Lease Obligations); provided, that (i) such Lien secures Indebtedness
permitted by Section 7.1(c), (ii) such Lien attaches to such asset concurrently or within 120 days after the acquisition, improvement or completion of the construction thereof; (iii) such Lien does not extend to any other asset; and (iv) the
Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets; 
  
 (d)  any Lien (i) existing on any asset of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, (ii) existing on any asset of any Person at the time such Person is merged
with or into the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or (iii) existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, that any such Lien was not created in the contemplation
of any of the foregoing and any such Lien secures only those obligations which it secures on the date that such Person becomes a Subsidiary or the date of such merger or the date of such acquisition; 
  
 (e)  extensions, renewals, or replacements of any Lien referred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
Section; provided, that the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased and that any such extension, renewal or replacement is limited to the assets originally encumbered thereby; 
  
 (f)  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(e); and 
  
 (g)  Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing paragraphs of this Section securing Indebtedness, otherwise
permitted pursuant to Section 7.2, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000. 
 

 57 

Table of Contents

	
SECTION
	 
	7.3.    Fundamental Changes. 
 

  
 (a)  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Operating Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate into any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge
into or consolidate with it, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (in a single transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or all or
substantially all of the stock of any of its Operating Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or liquidate or dissolve; provided, that if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary may merge with a Person if the Borrower (or such Subsidiary if the Borrower is not a party to such merger) is the surviving Person, (ii) any
Subsidiary may merge into another Subsidiary; provided, that if any party to such merger is a Subsidiary Loan Party, the Subsidiary Loan Party shall be the surviving Person or such other Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party pursuant to
Section 5.10, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary or, if such transaction is permitted by Section 7.6, to another Person
and (iv) any Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Loan Party, unless such Subsidiary Loan Party is no longer an Operating Subsidiary) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the
best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided, that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also
permitted by Section 7.4. 
  
 (b)  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof and businesses reasonably related thereto. 
  
 
SECTION 7.4.    Investments, Loans, Etc.    (a)  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire
(including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly-owned Subsidiary prior to such merger), any common stock, evidence of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant, or other right to acquire any of the
foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person (all of the foregoing being collectively called
“Investments”), or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person that constitute a business unit, or create or form any Subsidiary, except (provided such Investments do
not violate Section 7.4(b)): 
  
 (i)  Investments (other than Permitted Investments)
existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.4 (including Investments in Subsidiaries); 
  
 (ii)  absent the existence of a Default or Event of Default, Permitted Investments; 
  
 (iii)  Investments made by the Borrower in or to any Subsidiary Loan Party and by any Subsidiary Loan Party to the Borrower or in or to another Subsidiary Loan Party

 

 58 

Table of Contents

 
(including, without limitation, any Person becoming a Subsidiary as a result of such Investment pursuant to an Acquisition otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.4(i)); 

 
 (iv)  capital contributions of assets as permitted by Section 7.6(a); 
  
 (v)  Investments made pursuant to an Acquisition otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.4(b);

  
 (vi)  (A)  loans or advances (other than travel advances described in clause
(D) below) to employees not exceeding $1,000,000 in aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time, in each case made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with practices existing on the Closing Date, (B) deposits required by
government agencies or public utilities, (C) loans or advances by the Borrower to its Operating Subsidiaries or by such Operating Subsidiaries to the Borrower or other Operating Subsidiaries, (D) Guarantees permitted pursuant to Section
7.1(e), (E) travel advances to employees not exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time, in each case made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with practices existing on the Closing Date, and (F)
loans or advances representing Investments as described in Schedule 7.4; provided that after giving effect to the making of any loans, advances or deposits permitted by clauses (A) through (E) of this Section, no Default or Event of
Default shall be in existence (which has not been specifically waived in writing pursuant to Section 10.2); 
  
 (vii)  Hedging Obligations permitted by Section 7.10; and 
  
 (viii)  Other Investments not described in the preceding clauses (i) through (vii) made in an aggregate amount during any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters not to exceed 5% of the Borrower’s Consolidated Net
Worth as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter; and 
  
 (b) Without the prior written consent of the Required
Lenders, the Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, acquire, whether directly or through the purchase of stock, convertible notes or otherwise, effect an Acquisition, or otherwise acquire any assets, other than (A) the
Investments permitted by Section 7.4(a), (B) the assets of one of its Subsidiaries, or (C) fixed assets (which fixed assets do not constitute all or substantially all of the assets of the Person from whom such assets are acquired), unless, in
each case (i) such Acquisition is of a business which is similar (as to product sold or service rendered) to the Borrower’s or any relevant Subsidiary’s, (ii) such Acquisition is made upon a negotiated basis with the approval of the board
of directors of the Person to be acquired, or of the percentage of ownership interests required by the charter documents of such Person to approve any such Acquisition, (iii) the total amount of cash consideration paid, and Indebtedness assumed or
otherwise becoming part of Consolidated Total Debt (x) in such Acquisition shall not exceed $50,000,000, and (y) in such Acquisition, together with the aggregate amount of such cash consideration and Indebtedness in respect of all other Acquisitions
made during the then-current Fiscal Year (or, in the case of the Borrower’s 2002 Fiscal Year, the period from the Closing Date through the end of such 2002 Fiscal Year) shall not exceed $75,000,000, (iv) the then-current market value of all
Capital Stock of the Borrower given as consideration in such Acquisition, if 
 

 59 

Table of Contents

 
any, together with the aggregate value of all such Capital Stock given in respect of all other Acquisitions made during the then-current Fiscal Year, if any (or, in the case of the
Borrower’s 2002 Fiscal Year, the period from the Closing Date through the end of such 2002 Fiscal Year) shall not exceed $75,000,000, and (v) no Default or Event of Default shall be in existence or be caused thereby which has not been
specifically waived in writing pursuant to Section 10.2 (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower has provided to the Administrative Agent a certificate to such effect, with supporting calculations of the financial
covenants set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 on a pro forma basis for the most recent four fiscal quarters of the Borrower for which financial statements (annual or quarterly) are available after giving effect to such Acquisition as of
the first day of such period, and the financial covenant set forth in Section 6.3 on a pro forma basis as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements (annual or quarterly) are available after
giving effect to such Acquisition as of the end of such fiscal quarter); provided, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall in no case be allowed to effect more than four Acquisitions during any Fiscal Year. 
  
 
SECTION 7.5.    Restricted Payments.    The Borrower will not declare or make any Restricted Payment if, after giving effect thereto, (i) the aggregate of all
Restricted Payments declared or made in any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters exceeds $10,000,000; or (ii) any Default or Event of Default shall be in existence (which has not been specifically waived in writing pursuant to Section
10.2) either immediately preceding or succeeding the making or declaration of any such Restricted Payment. 
  
 
SECTION 7.6.    Sale of Assets.    The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to effect any Asset Sale to, any other Person, or
discontinue or eliminate any Operating Subsidiary or business segment, provided that (A) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may eliminate or discontinue business lines and segments from time to time if (i) such action has been approved by the
Board of Directors of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, and (ii) such elimination or discontinuance will not jeopardize the Borrower’s or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s ability to perform under any of the Loan Documents, and (B) so long as no
Default or Event of Default shall be in existence either immediately prior to or following any asset disposition, the Borrower and its respective Subsidiaries may effect any Asset Sale, including any Asset Sale resulting in the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of a Subsidiary, so long as the value of the assets sold (measured at the higher of book value or the total sale price for such assets) pursuant to all such Asset Sales during any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters does not exceed $25,000,000. 
  
 
SECTION 7.7.    Transactions with Affiliates.    Except for those agreements more particularly described on Schedule 7.7, neither the Borrower nor any of
its Subsidiaries shall enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with any Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (which Affiliate is not the Borrower or a Guarantor), except as permitted by law and in the ordinary course of business and
pursuant to reasonable terms which are no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person which is not an Affiliate. 
  
 
SECTION 7.8.    Restrictive Agreements.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to
exist any agreement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any

 

 60 

Table of Contents

 
Subsidiary to create, incur or permit any Lien upon any of its assets or properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other
distributions with respect to its common stock, to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to transfer any of its property or assets to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document evidencing Indebtedness in
existence on the Closing Date and any refinancing thereof permitted herein provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such refinanced Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive than those contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and
conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) clause (a) shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such
restrictions and conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
(except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred or such Capital Stock was issued or its terms amended in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the property
or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired and (v) clause (a) shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.  

 
 
SECTION 7.9.    Sale and Leaseback Transactions.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, enter into any
arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it
intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred. 
  
 
SECTION 7.10.    Hedging Transactions.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging
Transaction, other than Hedging Transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiaries is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities. Solely
for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower acknowledges that a Hedging Transaction entered into for speculative purposes or of a speculative nature (which shall be deemed to include any Hedging Transaction under which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is or may become obliged to make any payment (i) in connection with the purchase by any third party of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness or (ii) as a result of changes in the market value of any Capital Stock or any Indebtedness) is
not a Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks. 
  
 
SECTION 7.11.    Amendment to Material Documents.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, amend, modify or waive any of
its rights in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders under (a) its certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents, and (b) the Convertible Notes. 
 

 61 

Table of Contents

  
 
SECTION 7.12.    Subordinated Indebtedness.    (a)  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to (i) prepay, redeem,
repurchase or otherwise acquire for value the Convertible Notes, or (ii) make any principal, interest or other payments on the Convertible Notes that is not expressly permitted by the subordination provisions of the Indenture. 

 
 (b)  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, agree to or permit any amendment,
modification or waiver of any provision of the Convertible Notes or the Indenture if the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver is to (i) increase the interest rate on the Convertible Notes or change (to earlier dates) the dates upon which
principal and interest are due thereon; (ii) alter the redemption, prepayment or subordination provisions thereof; (iii) alter the covenants and events of default in a manner that would make such provisions more onerous or restrictive to the
Borrower or any such Subsidiary; or (iv) otherwise increase the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of the Convertible Notes or the Indenture or confer additional rights upon the holders thereof which individually or in the
aggregate would be adverse to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders; provided, however, the Borrower may enter into any extensions, renewals and replacements of the Convertible Notes or
the Indenture which (x) net of financing fees and expenses do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof in excess of $200,000,000 (immediately prior to giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement), (y) shorten the maturity or
the weighted average life thereof, or (z) alter the redemption, prepayment or subordination provisions thereof. 
  
 
SECTION 7.13.    Accounting Changes.    The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or
reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change the Fiscal Year of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary, except to change the Fiscal Year of a Subsidiary to conform its Fiscal Year to that of the Borrower. 
  
 ARTICLE VIII 
  
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT 
  
 
SECTION 8.1.    Events of Default.    If any of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall occur: 
  
 (a)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or of any reimbursement obligation in respect of
any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment or otherwise; or 
  
 (b)  the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount payable under clause (a) of this
Article) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days; or 
  
 (c)  any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or
in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan

 

 62 

Table of Contents

 
Document (including the Schedules attached thereto) and any amendments or modifications hereof or waivers hereunder, or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document submitted
to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders by any Loan Party or any representative of any Loan Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed
made or submitted; or 
  
 (d)  the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant
or agreement contained in Sections 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or Articles VI or VII; or 
  
 (e)  any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (d) above) or any other Loan
Document, and such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (i) any Responsible Officer of the Borrower becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent
or any Lender; or 
  
 (f)  any default or event of default (after giving effect to any
grace period) shall have occurred and be continuing under the Convertible Notes or any Subordinated Debt Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or the validity or enforceability thereof is disaffirmed by or on behalf of any subordinated
lender party thereto, or any Obligations fail to constitute “Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the Indenture, or all or any part of the Convertible Notes is accelerated, is declared to be due and payable is required to be prepaid or
redeemed, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; 
  
 (g)  the Borrower or any
Subsidiary Loan Party (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on the Convertible Notes or any Material Indebtedness that is outstanding, when and as the same shall become
due and payable (whether at scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument evidencing such
Indebtedness; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the
effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable; or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly
scheduled required prepayment or redemption), purchased or defeased, or any offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Indebtedness shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or 
  
 (h)  the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall (i) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding or file
any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or
other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (i) of this Section, (iii) apply for or
consent to the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Borrower or any such Subsidiary Loan Party or for a
 
 

 63 

Table of Contents

 
substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or 
  
 (i)  an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party or its debts, or
any substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the
Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party or for a substantial part of its assets, and in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall remain undismissed for a period of 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall
be entered; or 
  
 (j)  the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall become unable to
pay, shall admit in writing its inability to pay, or shall fail to pay, its debts as they become due; or 
  
 (k)  an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Borrower and
the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000; or 
  
 (l)  any judgment or
order for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party, and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order
or (ii) there shall be a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or 
  
 (m)  any non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or 
  
 (n)  a Change in Control shall occur or exist; or 
  
 (o)  (i)  any provision of any Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on, or enforceable
against, any Subsidiary Loan Party, or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall so state in writing, or any Subsidiary Loan Party shall seek to terminate its Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, or (ii) any
provision of the Subordination Agreement shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on, or enforceable against, the Subordinated Noteholders, or the Subordinated Noteholders shall so state in writing, or the Subordinated Noteholders shall
seek to terminate the Subordination Agreement; 
  
 (p)  any Event of Default shall occur
under any other Loan Documents; 
  
 then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h)
or (i) of this Section) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event,
 
 

 64 

Table of Contents

 
the Administrative Agent may, and upon the written request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i)
terminate the Commitments, whereupon the Commitment of each Lender shall terminate immediately; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest on the Loans, and all other Obligations owing hereunder, to be, whereupon the same shall become
due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower and (iii) exercise all remedies contained in any other Loan Document; and that, if an Event of Default
specified in either clause (h) or (i) shall occur, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon, and all fees, and all other Obligations shall automatically
become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. 
  
 ARTICLE IX 
  
 
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 
  
 
SECTION 9.1.    Appointment of Administrative Agent.    (a)  Each Lender irrevocably appoints SunTrust Bank as the Administrative Agent
and authorizes it to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with all such actions and powers that are reasonably incidental
thereto. The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by or through any one or more sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such
sub-agent or attorney-in-fact may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions set forth in this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent or
attorney-in-fact and the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent, any such sub-agent and any such attorney-in-fact and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as
well as activities as Administrative Agent. 
  
 (b) The Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect
to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith until such time and except for so long as the Administrative Agent may agree at the request of the Required Lenders to act for the Issuing Bank with respect thereto;
provided, that the Issuing Bank shall have all the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit
issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the application and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to the Letters of Credit as fully as the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article IX included the Issuing Bank with
respect to such acts or omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to the Issuing Bank. 
  
 
SECTION 9.2.    Nature of Duties of Administrative Agent.    The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those
expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default or an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative

 

 65 

Table of Contents

 
Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except those discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that
the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2), and (c) except as expressly set
forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained
by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it, its sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact with the consent or at the request of the Required
Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.2) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall not be
responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless and until written
notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or any Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in
connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements, or
other terms and conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in
Article III or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower)
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. 
  
 
SECTION 9.3.    Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent.    Each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the
Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking of any action under or based on this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. 
  
 
SECTION 9.4.    Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent.    If the Administrative Agent shall request instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to
any action or actions (including the failure to act) in connection with this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such act, unless and until it shall have received instructions from such Lenders;
and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative
Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders where required by the terms of this Agreement. 
 

 66 

Table of Contents

  
 
SECTION 9.5.    Reliance by Administrative Agent.    The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon,
any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent may also rely upon any statement made to it
orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower), independent public
accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts. 
  
 
SECTION 9.6.    The Administrative Agent in its Individual Capacity.    The bank serving as the Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under
this Agreement and any other Loan Document in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent; and the terms “Lenders”, “Required
Lenders”, “holders of Notes”, or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity. The bank acting as the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates may
accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Borrower as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder. 
  
 
SECTION 9.7.    Successor Administrative Agent. 
  
 (a)  The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative
Agent, subject to the approval by the Borrower provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist at such time. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after
the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the
laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or a bank which maintains an office in the United States, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. 
  
 (b)  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to
and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
If within 45 days after written notice is given of the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation under this Section 9.7 no successor Administrative Agent shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment, then on such
45th day (i) the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective, (ii) the
retiring Administrative Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents and (iii) the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents
until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article IX shall continue in effect for the benefit of
such retiring Administrative Agent and its representatives and agents in

 

 67 

Table of Contents

 
respect of any actions taken or not taken by any of them while it was serving as the Administrative Agent. 
  
 
SECTION 9.8.    Authorization to Execute other Loan Documents.    Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute on behalf of all Lenders all
Loan Documents other than this Agreement. 
  
 ARTICLE X 
  
 
MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 
SECTION 10.1.    Notices. 
  
 (a)  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications to any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered
by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows: 
  
 
	 To the Borrower:
 	  	 Randy Hutto
 Chief Financial Officer
 NDCHealth Corporation
 National Data Plaza
 Atlanta, GA 30329-2010

Telecopy Number: 404-728-3780
 
	 
	 With a copy to (other than Notices of Borrowing)
 	  	 Patricia Wilson
 General Counsel
 NDC Health Corporation
 National Data Plaza
 Atlanta, GA 30329-2010

Telecopy Number: 404-728-3180
 
	 
	 To the Administrative Agent:
 or Swingline Lender
 	  	 SunTrust Bank
 303 Peachtree Street, N. E.
 Atlanta, Georgia 30308
 Attention: Robert Massenburg
 Telecopy Number: 404-658-4843
 
	 
	 With a copy to:
 (for Notices of Borrowing)
 	  	 Libby Mansfield (all lending notices)
 Assistant Vice President

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Capital Markets
 303 Peachtree Street NE, 25th Floor
 Atlanta, GA 30308
 Telecopy Number: 404-658-4906
 

 
 

 68 

Table of Contents

  
 
	 With a copy to:
 (for all notices other than
 Notices of Borrowing)
 	  	 SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Capital Markets
 303 Peachtree Street, N. E./ 24th
Floor
 Atlanta, Georgia 30308
 Attention: Jay White
 Telecopy Number: 404-827-6502
 
	 
	 To the Issuing Bank:
 	  	 SunTrust Bank
 25 Park Place, N. E./Mail Code 3706
 Atlanta, Georgia 30303
 Attention: Michael E. Sullivan
 Telecopy Number: (404) 588-8129
 
	 
	 To any other Lender:
 	  	 the address set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire
 

 
  
 Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for
notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or
transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mails or if delivered, upon delivery; provided, that notices delivered to the Administrative Agent under
Article 2 shall not be effective until actually received at its address specified in this Section 10.1. 
  
 (b)  Any agreement of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders herein to receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Borrower. The Administrative Agent and the
Lenders shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Borrower to give such notice and the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall not have any liability to the Borrower or other Person on
account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice. The obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder shall not be affected in
any way or to any extent by any failure of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of a confirmation which is at
variance with the terms understood by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to be contained in any such telephonic or facsimile notice. 
  
 
SECTION 10.2.    Waiver; Amendments. 
  
 (a)  No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or any other Loan Document, and no course of dealing between the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not
exclusive of any rights or

 

 69 

Table of Contents

 
remedies provided by law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or
the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of
Default at the time. 
  
 (b)  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the
consent of the Required Lenders and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, that no amendment or waiver shall: (i) increase the Commitment of any
Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected
thereby, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled
date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.21 (b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without
the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or
modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender; (vi) release any guarantor or limit the liability of any such guarantor under any guaranty agreement, without the written
consent of each Lender; (vii) release all or substantially all collateral (if any) securing any of the Obligations, without the written consent of each Lender or; provided, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the
rights, duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Bank or the Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of such Person. Any consent of the Borrower otherwise required hereunder shall not be required if an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing. Any assignment or other transfer by a Lender that does not fully comply with the terms of this clause (b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale of a participation pursuant to clause (d) below.

  
 
SECTION 10.3.    Expenses; Indemnification. 
  
 (a)  The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not
the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter
of Credit or any

 

 70 

Table of Contents

 
demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel) incurred by the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or any Letters of
Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit. 
  
 (b)  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing (each, an
“Indemnitee”) against, and hold each of them harmless from, any and all costs, losses, liabilities, claims, damages and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee
(“Claims and Expenses”), which may be incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with or as a result of the following (each, an “Indemnity Proceeding”) (i) the execution or delivery
of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter
of Credit or any actual or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with
the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any
Subsidiary or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto;
provided,  that the Borrower shall not be obligated to indemnify any Indemnitee for any of the foregoing arising out of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in
a final and nonappealable judgment or to the extent that such losses relate to a claim made by an Indemnitee hereunder arising from any cause of action pursued by the Borrower against such Indemnitee where the Borrower alleged that the Indemnitee
breached its obligations under the Loan Documents and a court having competent jurisdiction shall have determined by final judgment (not subject to appeal) that the Indemnitee breached its obligations to the Borrower under the Loan Documents.

  
 (c)  The Borrower shall pay, and hold the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders harmless from
and against, any and all present and future stamp, documentary, and other similar taxes with respect to this Agreement and any other Loan Documents, any collateral described therein, or any payments due thereunder, and save the Administrative Agent
and each Lender harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission to pay such taxes. 
  
 (d)  To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under clauses ( a ), (b) or (c) hereof,
each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought)
of such unpaid amount; provided, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified payment, claim, damage, liability or 
 

 71 

Table of Contents

 
related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. 
  
 (e)  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any
Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to actual or direct damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument
contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated therein, any Loan or any Letter of Credit or the use of proceeds thereof. 
  
 (f)  All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor. 
  
 (g)  If the Borrower is required to indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant hereto and have provided evidence reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee that the Borrower has the financial wherewithal to reimburse such Indemnitee
for any amount paid by such Indemnitee with respect to such Indemnity Proceeding, such Indemnitee shall not settle or compromise any such Indemnity Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed). 
  
 (h)  If a claim is to be made by an Indemnitee under this Section, the Indemnitee
shall give written notice to the Borrower promptly after the Indemnitee receives actual notice of any Claims and Expenses incurred or instituted for which the indemnification is sought; provided, that, the failure to give such prompt
notice shall not decrease the Claims and Expenses payable by the Borrower, except to the extent that such failure has caused the Borrower to forfeit any substantive right of a material nature. If requested by the Borrower in writing, and so long as
(i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Borrower has acknowledged in writing to the Indemnitee that the Borrower shall be obligated under the terms of its indemnity hereunder in connection with such Indemnity
Proceeding (subject to the exclusion of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee), the Borrower may, at its election, conduct the defense of any such
Indemnified Proceeding to the extent such contest may be conducted in good faith on legally supported grounds. If any lawsuit or enforcement action is filed against any Indemnitee entitled to the benefit of indemnity under this Section, written
notice thereof shall be given to the Borrower as soon as practicable (and in any event within 15 days after the service of the citation or summons). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure so to notify the Borrower as provided in this Section
will not relieve the Borrower from liability hereunder. After such notice, the Borrower shall be entitled, if it so elects, to take control of the defense and investigation of such lawsuit or action and to employ and engage counsel of their own
choice reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee to handle and defend the same, at the Borrower’s cost, risk and expense; provided however, that the Borrower and its counsel shall proceed with diligence and in good faith with respect
thereto. If (i) the engagement of such counsel by the Borrower would present a conflict of interest which would prevent such counsel from effectively defending such action on behalf of the Indemnitee, (ii) the defendants in, or targets of, any such
lawsuit or action include both the Indemnitee and Borrower, and the Indemnitee reasonably concludes that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Borrower, (iii) the Borrower fails
to assume the
 
 

 72 

Table of Contents

 
defense of the lawsuit or action or to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee, in either case in a timely manner, or (iv) an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing,
then such Indemnitee may employ separate counsel to represent or defend it in any such action or proceeding and the Borrower will pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel; provided, however that each Indemnitee shall, in connection with
any matter covered by this Section which also involves other Indemnified Parties, use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary duplication of efforts by counsel for all indemnities. Should the Borrower be entitled to conduct the defense of any
Indemnity Proceeding pursuant to the terms of this Section, the Indemnitee shall cooperate (with all Claims and Expenses associated therewith to be paid by the Borrower) in all reasonable respects with the Borrower and such attorneys in the
investigation, trial and defense of such lawsuit or action and any appeal arising therefrom; provided, however that the Indemnitee may, at its own cost (except as set forth in, and in accordance with, the foregoing sentence),
participate in the investigation, trial and defense of such lawsuit or action and any appeal arising therefrom. 
  
 (i)  The Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender and each Lender agree that in the event that any Indemnity Proceeding is asserted or threatened in writing or instituted against it or any other party entitled
to indemnification hereunder, the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender or such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof in writing and agree, to the extent appropriate, to consult with the Borrower with a view to minimizing
the cost to the Borrower of its obligations under this Section; provided that the failure to so notify the Borrower will not relieve the Borrower from liability hereunder except to the extent such failure has caused the Borrower to forfeit
any substantive right of a material nature. 
  
 
SECTION 10.4.    Successors and Assigns. 
  
 (a)  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise
transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or
implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. 
  
 (b)  Any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it);
provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an
Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and
Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Loan or reimbursement obligation of outstanding Letters of Credit, 

 73 

Table of Contents

 
unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), (ii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause
(ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Commitments on a non-pro rata basis, and (iii) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative
Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $1,000, and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire. Subject to acceptance
and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent
of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be
released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall
continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.3. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated
for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section. 
  
 (c)  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Atlanta, Georgia a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance
delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
“Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder
for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

  
 (d)  Any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the
Swingline Bank or the Issuing Bank sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of
its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of
such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Bank, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations
under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to
 
 

 74 

Table of Contents

 
any amendment, modification or waiver with respect to the following to the extent affecting such Participant: (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender,
(ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any payment
of any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or LC Disbursement or interest thereon or any fees hereunder or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date for the termination or reduction of any Commitment,
without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.22(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any
of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders which are required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any
determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender; (vi) release any guarantor or limit the liability of any such guarantor under any guaranty agreement without the written consent of each Lender except to the extent
such release is expressly provided under the terms of the Guaranty Agreement; or (vii) release all or substantially all collateral (if any) securing any of the Obligations. Subject to paragraph (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.3 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the
extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 10.7 as though it were a Lender. 

 
 (e)  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.19 and Section
2.21 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A
Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.21 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of
the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.21(e) as though it were a Lender. 
  
 (f)  Any Lender may at
any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank;
provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. 
  
 
SECTION 10.5.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. 
  
 (a)  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the
State of Georgia. 
  
 (b)  The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its
property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the

 

 75 

Table of Contents

 
Northern District of Georgia, and of any state court of the State of Georgia located in Fulton County and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims
in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Georgia state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 
  
 (c)  The Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue
of any such suit, action or proceeding described in paragraph (b) of this Section and brought in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 
  
 (d)  Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to the service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.1. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document will affect the right of
any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. 
  
 
SECTION 10.6.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.    EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A)
CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE
OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. 
  
 
SECTION 10.7.    Right of Setoff.    In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights,
each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall have the right, at any time or from time to time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the
Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply against all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) of the Borrower at any time held or other obligations at any time owing by such Lender and the
Issuing 
  
 

 76 

Table of Contents

 
Bank to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations held by such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, irrespective of whether such Lender or the
Issuing Bank shall have made demand hereunder and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender and the Issuing Bank agree promptly to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower after any such set-off and any application made by such
Lender and the Issuing Bank, as the case may be; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. 
  
 
SECTION 10.8.    Counterparts; Integration.    This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate
counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreement(s) relating to any fees payable
to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and thereto regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matters.

  
 
SECTION 10.9.    Survival.    All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments
delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any
Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect
representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is
outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.20, 2.21, 2.22, and 10.3 and Article IX shall survive and remain in
full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any
provision hereof. All representations and warranties made herein, in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit. 
  
 
SECTION 10.10.    Severability.    Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction,
shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity
or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 
  
 
SECTION 10.11.    Confidentiality.    Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender agrees to take normal and reasonable precautions to
maintain the confidentiality of any information designated in writing as confidential and provided to it by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except that such information may be disclosed (i) to any Related

 

 77 

Table of Contents

 
Party of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any such Lender, including without limitation accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws
or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority, (iv) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section,
or which becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedy
hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, and (ix) subject to provisions substantially similar to this Section 10.11, to any actual or prospective assignee or Participant,
or (vi) with the consent of the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of any information as provided for in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same
degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord its own confidential information. 
  
 
SECTION 10.12.    Interest Rate Limitation.    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan,
together with all fees, charges and other amounts which may be treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively, the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate of interest (the “Maximum
Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by a Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in
respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and
the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of
repayment, shall have been received by such Lender. 
  
 
SECTION 10.13.    Waiver of Effect of Corporate Seal.    The Borrower represents and warrants that neither it nor any other Loan Party is required to affix its
corporate seal to this Agreement or any other Loan Document pursuant to any requirement of law or regulation, and waives any shortening of the statute of limitations that may result from not affixing the corporate seal to this Agreement or such
other Loan Documents. 
  
 (remainder of page left intentionally blank) 
 

 78 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed under seal by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  
 NDCHEALTH CORPORATION 
 as Borrower 
  

By:                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 [SEAL] 
 

Table of Contents

  
 SUNTRUST BANK 
 as Administrative Agent, as Issuing Bank, as Swingline Lender and as a Lender 
  
 By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $23,000,000 

Table of Contents

 BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Syndication Agent 

 
 By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $22,000,000 

Table of Contents

  
 WACHOVIA BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 
     Co-Documentation Agent 
  
 By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $22,000,000 

Table of Contents

  
 U.S. BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as 
     Co-Documentation Agent 
  

By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $22,000,000 

Table of Contents

  
 LASALLE BANK,
N.A., as a Lender 
  
 By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $18,000,000 

Table of Contents

  
 KEY CORPORATE
CAPITAL, INC., as a Lender 
  
 By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $18,000,000 

Table of Contents

  
 REGIONS BANK, as a Lender

  
 By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $15,000,000 

Table of Contents

 COMERICA BANK, as a Lender 
  
 By                                     
             
     Name: 
     Title: 
  
 Revolving Commitment: 
  
 $10,000,000 

Table of Contents

 Schedule I 
  
 APPLICABLE MARGIN AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGE 
  
 
	 Pricing
 Level
 	    	 Leverage Ratio
 	    	 Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans
 	    	 Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans
 	    	 Applicable Percentage for Commitment
 Fee
 	    	 Applicable Percentage for Letter of Credit Fees
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

	 I        
 	    	 Less than 1.00:1.00
 	    	 1.375% p.a.
 	    	 0.375% p.a.
 	    	 0.25% p.a.
 	    	 1.375% p.a.
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

	 II        
 	    	 Less than 1.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 1.00:1.00
 	    	 1.625% p.a.
 	    	 0.625% p.a.
 	    	 0.375% p.a.
 	    	 1.625% p.a.
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

	 III        
 	    	 Less than 2.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00
 	    	 1.75% p.a.
 	    	 0.75% p.a.
 	    	 0.375% p.a.
 	    	 1.75% p.a.
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

	 IV        
 	    	 Greater than or equal to
 2.0:1.0
 	    	 2.00% p.a.
 	    	 1.00% p.a.
 	    	 0.50% p.a.
 	    	 2.00% p.a.
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	

 
 

 Schedule I-2 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE 4.14 
  
 SUBSIDIARIES 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE 7.1 
  
 EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE 7.2 
  
 EXISTING LIENS 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE 7.4 
  
 EXISTING INVESTMENTS 
 

 Exhibit 3.1(b)(vii)

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00042-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00042-of-00352.parquet"}]]